Form 6-K
Table of Contents

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form 6-K

 

 

REPORT OF FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER

PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-16 OR 15d-16

UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the month of March 2013

 

 

LG Display Co., Ltd.

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

 

 

LG Twin Towers, 128 Yeoui-daero, Yeongdeungpo-gu, Seoul 150-721, Republic of Korea

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F.

Form 20-F  x              Form 40-F  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1):  ¨

Note: Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1) only permits the submission in paper of a Form 6-K if submitted solely to provide an attached annual report to security holders.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7):  ¨

Note: Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7) only permits the submission in paper of a Form 6-K if submission to furnish a report or other document that the registration foreign private issuer must furnish and make public under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the registrant is incorporated, domiciled or legally organized (the registrant’s “home country”), or under the rules of the home country exchange on which the registrant’s securities are traded, as long as the report or other document is not a press release, is not required to be and has not been distributed to the registrant’s security holders, and if discussing a material event, has already been the subject of a Form 6-K submission or other Commission filing on EDGAR.

Indicate by check mark whether by furnishing the information contained in this Form, the registrant is also thereby furnishing the information to the Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Yes  ¨            No  x

 

 

 


Table of Contents

ANNUAL REPORT

(From January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2012)

THIS IS A TRANSLATION OF THE ANNUAL REPORT ORIGINALLY PREPARED IN KOREAN AND IS IN SUCH FORM AS REQUIRED BY THE KOREAN FINANCIAL SUPERVISORY COMMISSION.

IN THE TRANSLATION PROCESS, SOME PARTS OF THE REPORT WERE REFORMATTED, REARRANGED OR SUMMARIZED AND CERTAIN NUMBERS WERE ROUNDED FOR THE CONVENIENCE OF READERS.

UNLESS EXPRESSLY STATED OTHERWISE, ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS PRESENTED ON A CONSOLIDATED BASIS IN ACCORDANCE WITH KOREAN INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS, OR K-IFRS, WHICH DIFFER IN CERTAIN RESPECTS FROM GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES IN CERTAIN OTHER COUNTRIES, INCLUDING THE UNITED STATES. K-IFRS ALSO DIFFERS IN CERTAIN RESPECTS FROM THE INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS AS ISSUED BY THE INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS BOARD. WE HAVE MADE NO ATTEMPT TO IDENTIFY OR QUANTIFY THE IMPACT OF THESE DIFFERENCES IN THIS DOCUMENT.

Contents

 

1.   Company      4   
  A.  

Name and contact information

     4   
  B.  

Domestic credit rating

     4   
  C.  

Capitalization

     5   
  D.  

Voting rights

     6   
  E.  

Dividends

     7   
2.   Business      7   
  A.  

Business overview

     7   
  B.  

Industry

     8   
  C.  

New businesses

     10   
3.   Major Products and Raw Materials      12   
  A.  

Major products

     12   
  B.  

Average selling price trend of major products

     12   
  C.  

Major raw materials

     13   
4.  

Production and Equipment

     13   
  A.  

Production capacity and output

     13   
  B.  

Production performance and utilization ratio

     14   
  C.  

Investment plan

     14   
5.   Sales      14   
  A.  

Sales performance

     14   
  B.  

Sales route and sales method

     14   
6.   Market Risks and Risk Management      15   
  A.  

Market risks

     15   
  B.  

Risk management

     16   
7.  

Derivative Contracts

     16   
  A.  

Currency risks

     16   
  B.  

Interest rate risks

     16   
8.   Major Contracts      17   
9.   Research & Development      17   
  A.  

Summary of R&D-related expenditures

     17   

 

2


Table of Contents
  B.  

R&D achievements

     17   
10.   Intellectual Property      26   
11.   Environmental Matters      26   
12.   Financial Information      28   
  A.  

Financial highlights (Based on consolidated K-IFRS)

     28   
  B.  

Financial highlights (Based on separate K-IFRS)

     30   
  C.  

Consolidated subsidiaries

     31   
  D.  

Status of equity investment

     32   
13.   Audit Information      33   
  A.  

Audit service

     33   
  B.  

Non-audit service

     33   
14.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations      33   
  A.  

Risk relating to forward-looking statements

     33   
  B.  

Overview

     34   
  C.  

Financial condition and results of operation

     34   
15.   Board of Directors      38   
  A.  

Members of the board of directors

     38   
  B.  

Committees of the board of directors

     39   
  C.  

Independence of directors

     39   
16.   Information Regarding Shares      40   
  A.  

Total number of shares

     40   
  B.  

Shareholder list

     40   
17.   Directors and Employees      40   
  A.  

Directors

     40   
  B.  

Employees

     41   

Attachment: 1. Financial Statements in accordance with K-IFRS

 

3


Table of Contents

1. Company

A. Name and contact information

The name of our company is “EL-GI DISPLAY CHUSIK HOESA,” which shall be “LG Display Co., Ltd.” in English.

Our principal executive office is located at LG Twin Towers, 128 Yeoui-daero, Yeongdeungpo-gu, Seoul 150-721, Republic of Korea, Republic of Korea, and our telephone number is +82-2-3777-1114. Our website address is http://www.lgdisplay.com.

B. Domestic credit rating

 

Subject
instruments

  

Month of rating

   Credit
rating
  

Rating agency
(Rating range)

Commercial

Paper

 

 

   January 2006   

A1

  

NICE Information Service Co., Ltd.

(A1 ~ D)

   June 2006      
   December 2006      
   June 2007      
   December 2007      
   September 2008      
   December 2008          
   June 2006    A1   

Korea Investors Service, Inc.

(A1 ~ D)

   January 2007      
   June 2007      
   December 2007      
   September 2008      

Corporate

Debenture

   June 2006    AA-   

NICE Information Service Co., Ltd.

(AAA ~ D)

   December 2006      
   June 2007    A+   
   September 2008        
   July 2009    AA-   
   October 2009    AA-   
   February 2010      
   May 2010      
   December 2010      
   August 2011      
   June 2012      
   October 2012      
   March 2013      

 

4


Table of Contents
   June 2006    AA-   

Korea Investors Service, Inc.

(AAA ~ D)

   January 2007      
   June 2007    A+   
   September 2008        
   July 2009    AA-   
   December 2009      
   February 2010      
   May 2010      
   August 2010      
   February 2011    AA-   
   April 2011      
   August 2011      
   October 2011      
   June 2012      
   October 2012          
  

 

October 2009

     
   December 2009      
   August 2010      
   December 2010      
   February 2011    AA-    Korea Ratings Corporation
   April 2011       (AAA ~ D)
  

July 2011

     
   October 2011      
   June 2012      
     March 2013          

C. Capitalization

(1) Change in capital stock (as of December 31, 2012)

(Unit: Won, Share)

 

Date

   Description   Change in number of
common shares
   Face amount
per share

July 23, 2004

   Offering (1)   33,600,000    5,000

September 8, 2004

   Follow-on offering (2)   1,715,700    5,000

July 27, 2005

   Follow-on offering (3)   32,500,000    5,000

 

(1) ADSs offering: 24,960,000 shares (US$30 per share, US$15 per ADS) / Initial public offering in Korea: 8,640,000 shares (₩34,500 per share)
(2) ADSs offering: 1,715,700 shares (₩34,500 per share) pursuant to the exercise of greenshoe option by the underwriters
(3) ADSs offering: 32,500,000 shares (US$42.64 per share, US$21.32 per ADS)

 

5


Table of Contents

(2) Convertible bonds (as of December 31, 2012)

(Unit: In millions of Won, Share)

 

Issue date:

      April 18, 2007

Maturity:

      April 18, 2012 (3)

Face amount: (1)

   ₩513,480

Conversion shares:

   Registered common shares

Conversion period:

   Convertible into shares of common stock during the period from April 19, 2008 to April 3, 2012

Conversion price: (2)

   ₩47,892 per share

Outstanding (3)

   Face amount:   
   Number of convertible shares: (2)   

Remarks:

  

- Registered form

- Listed on Singapore Exchange

 

(1) Face amount translated from US$550 million at the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York in effect on April 10, 2007 (which was the date the convertible bond purchase agreement was entered into), which was ₩933.6 = US$1.00.
(2) Conversion price was adjusted from ₩49,070 to ₩48,760 and the number of convertible shares was adjusted from 10,464,234 to 10,530,762 following the approval by the shareholders of a cash dividend of ₩750 per share at the annual general meeting of shareholders on February 29, 2008. Conversion price was further adjusted from ₩48,760 to ₩48,251 and the number of shares issuable upon conversion was adjusted from 10,530,762 to 10,641,851 following the approval by the shareholders of a cash dividend of ₩500 per share at the annual general meeting of shareholders on March 13, 2009. Conversion price was further adjusted from ₩48,251 to ₩48,075 and the number of shares issuable upon conversion was adjusted from 10,641,851 to 10,680,811 following the approval by the shareholders of a cash dividend of ₩500 per share at the annual general meeting of shareholders on March 12, 2010. In April 2010, certain holders of our US$550 million convertible bonds due 2012 exercised their put option for an aggregate principal amount of US$484 million and were repaid at 109.75% of their principal amount. Accordingly, the number of shares issuable upon conversion changed from 10,680,811 to 1,281,697. Conversion price was further adjusted from ₩48,075 to ₩47,892 and the number of shares issuable upon conversion was adjusted from 1,281,697 to 1,286,594 following the approval by the shareholders of a cash dividend of ₩500 per share at the annual general meeting of shareholders on March 11, 2011.
(3) The remaining US$66 million of these convertible bonds were repaid in full upon their maturity on April 18, 2012 at 116.77% of their principal amount.

D. Voting rights (as of December 31, 2012)

(Unit: share)

 

Description

   Number of shares  

A. Total number of shares issued:

   Common shares      357,815,700   
   Preferred shares      —     

B. Shares without voting rights:

   Common shares      —     
   Preferred shares      —     

C. Shares subject to restrictions on voting rights pursuant to our

   Common shares      —     

articles of incorporation:

   Preferred shares      —     

 

6


Table of Contents

D. Shares subject to restrictions on voting rights pursuant to regulations:

   Common shares      —     
   Preferred shares      —     

E. Shares with restored voting rights:

   Common shares      —     
   Preferred shares      —     

Total number of issued shares with voting rights (=A – B –C – D + E):

   Common shares      357,815,700   
   Preferred shares      —     

E. Dividends

At the annual general meeting of shareholders on March 9, 2012, we did not declare a cash dividend to our shareholders.

Dividends during the most recent three fiscal years

 

Description (unit)

   2012      2011     2010  

Par value (Won)

     5,000         5,000        5,000   

Profit (loss) for the period (million Won) (1)

     28,549         (991,032     1,002,648   

Earnings per share (Won) (2)

     80         (2,770     2,802   

Total cash dividend amount (million Won)

     —           —          178,908   

Total stock dividend amount (million Won)

     —           —          —     

Cash dividend payout ratio (%)

     —           —          17.8   

Cash dividend yield (%) (3)

     —           —          1.3   

Stock dividend yield (%)

     —           —          —     

Cash dividend per share (Won)

     —           —          500   

Stock dividend per share (share)

     —           —          —     

 

(1) Profit (loss) for the period based on separate K-IFRS.
(2) Earnings per share is based on par value of ₩5,000 per share and is calculated by dividing net income by weighted average number of common stock.
(3) Cash dividend yield is the percentage that is derived by dividing cash dividend by the arithmetic average of the daily closing prices of our common stock during the one-week period ending two trading days prior to the closing of the register of shareholders for the purpose of determining the shareholders entitled to receive annual dividends.

2. Business

A. Business overview

We were incorporated in February 1985 under the laws of the Republic of Korea. LG Electronics and LG Semicon transferred their respective LCD business to us in 1998, and since then, our business has been focused on the research, development, manufacture and sale of display panels, applying technologies such as TFT-LCD, LTPS-LCD and OLED.

As of December 31, 2012, we operated TFT-LCD and OLED production facilities and a LCD research center in Paju, Korea and TFT-LCD production facilities in Gumi, Korea. We have also established subsidiaries in the Americas, Europe and Asia.

As of December 31, 2012, our business consisted of the manufacture and sale of LCD and OLED panels and monitor products. Because our non-LCD business represented an extremely small portion of our assets and revenues as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012, we have included them as part of our LCD reporting business segment.

 

7


Table of Contents

2012 consolidated operating results highlights

(Unit: In billions of Won)

 

2012

   LCD business  

Sales Revenue

     29,430   

Gross Profit

     3,005   

Operating Profit (Loss)

     912   

B. Industry

(1) Industry characteristics and growth potential

 

  - TFT-LCD technology is one of the widely used technologies in the manufacture of flat panel displays, and the demand for flat panel displays is growing. The flat panel display industry is characterized by entry barriers due to rapidly evolving technology, capital-intensive characteristics, and the significant investments required to achieve economies of scale, among other factors. There is intense competition among the players in the industry, and the industry as a whole has experienced continued growth in its production capacity in response to growth in demand for flat panel displays.

 

  - The demand for LCD panels for notebook computers and monitors has stagnated due to market maturation. The demand for LCD panels for television sets has been growing as digital broadcasting is becoming more common and as LCD television has come to play an important role in the digital display market. In addition, the demand for LCD panels for tablets, smartphones, industrial products and automobile navigation systems, among others, has shown continued growth.

 

  - The average selling prices of LCD panels may continue to decline with time irrespective of general business cycles as a result of, among other factors, technology advancements and cost reductions.

(2) Cyclicality

 

  - The TFT-LCD business is highly cyclical. In spite of the increased demand for products, this industry has experienced periodic volatility caused by imbalances between supply and demand due to capacity expansion within the industry.

 

  - Macroeconomic factors and other causes of business cycles can affect the rate of growth in demand for display panels. Accordingly, if supply exceeds demand, average selling prices of display panels may decrease. Conversely, if growth in demand outpaces growth in supply, average selling prices may increase.

(3) Market conditions

 

  - Since 2011, due to a general overcapacity in the TFT-LCD industry, TFT-LCD panel makers have slowed their respective rates of production capacity growth, while a number of them are pursuing other strategic alternatives such as mergers or formation of new alliances.

 

  - Most TFT-LCD panel makers are located in Asia.

 

       a. Korea: LG Display, Samsung Display, Hydis Technologies, etc.

 

       b. Taiwan: AU Optronics, Innolux (formerly Chimei Innolux), CPT, HannStar, etc.

 

8


Table of Contents
       c. Japan: Japan Display, Sharp, Panasonic LCD, etc.

 

       d. China: BOE, CSOT, etc.

(4) Market shares

 

  - Our worldwide market share of large-sized TFT-LCD panels (i.e., TFT-LCD panels that are 9 inches or larger) based on revenue is as follows:

 

     2012 (1)   2011(2)   2010 (3)

Panels for Notebook Computers (4)

   34.5%   34.9%   33.2%

Panels for Monitors

   32.3%   28.3%   26.5%

Panels for Televisions (5)

   25.2%   24.7%   23.4%

Total

   28.4%   27.3%   25.4%

 

(1) Source: 2012 Q4 DisplaySearch Quarterly Large-Area TFT LCD Shipment Report.
(2) Source: 2011 Q4 DisplaySearch Quarterly Large-Area TFT LCD Shipment Report (advanced version with LED backlight).
(3) Source: 2010 Q4 DisplaySearch Large-Area TFT LCD Shipment Report (advanced version with LED backlight).
(4) Includes panels for netbooks and tablets.
(5) Includes panels for public displays.

(5) Competitiveness

 

  - Our ability to compete successfully depends on factors both within and outside our control, including product pricing, our relationship with customers, successful and timely investment and product development, cost competitiveness, success in marketing to our end-brand customers, component and raw material supply costs, foreign exchange rates and general economic and industry conditions.

 

  - In order to compete effectively, it is critical to be cost competitive and maintain stable and long-term relationships with customers which will enable us to be profitable even in a buyer’s market.

 

  - A substantial portion of our sales is attributable to a limited number of end-brand customers and their designated system integrators. The loss of these end-brand customers, as a result of customers entering into strategic supplier arrangements with our competitors or otherwise, would result in reduced sales.

 

  - Developing new products and technologies that can be differentiated from those of our competitors is critical to the success of our business. It is important that we take active measures to protect our intellectual property internationally by obtaining patents and undertaking monitoring activities in our major markets. It is also necessary to recruit and retain experienced key managerial personnel and skilled line operators.

 

  - As a leading technology innovator in the display industry, we continue to focus on delivering differentiated value to our customers by developing new technologies and products, including in the categories of 3D, touch screens and next generation displays. With respect to 3D technology, we have commenced mass production of high definition 3D panels with reduced degrees of “crosstalk,” or the degree of 3D image overlapping, of less than 1% (which is less than what the human eye can perceive). We have also acquired the technical skills and have established a supply chain management system that enables us to provide one-stop solutions to our customers with respect to touch module products. In addition, we have shown that we are technologically a step ahead of the competition by developing products such as 10.1-inch flexible LCDs, 2.6 mm thin televisions (the thinnest in the world at the time) and 19-inch flexible e-papers. We are a leader in large OLED panel display technology, as demonstrated by our 55-inch OLED display panel unveiled at the Consumer Electronics Show in Las Vegas in January 2012, which was the largest OLED panel at the time.

 

9


Table of Contents
  - Moreover, we entered into long-term sales contracts with major global firms to secure customers and expand partnerships for technology development.

C. New businesses

 

  - In order to meet the rapidly increasing market demand for large TFT-LCD panels, we commenced mass production at P83, an eighth generation fabrication line located in our P8 facility, and P9, a new eighth generation production facility, in March 2011 and June 2012, respectively.

 

  - We also plan to strengthen our market position in future display technologies by strengthening our OLED business, accelerating the development of flexible display technologies and maintaining our leadership position in the LED backlight LCD market.

 

  - We are making an effort to increase our competitiveness, including in the LCD component parts market, by forming cooperative relationships with suppliers and purchasers of our products. As part of this effort, in March 2005, we established a joint venture company, Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd., with Nippon Electric Glass Co., Ltd. We invested ₩14.4 billion in return for a 40% interest in Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd. In November 2010 and April 2011, we invested an additional ₩14.8 billion and ₩4.4 billion, respectively, in Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd. but the additional investments did not change our percentage interest in Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd. In July 2008, we purchased 6,850,000 shares of common stock of New Optics Ltd. at a purchase price of ₩9.7 billion, and in February 2010, we purchased an additional 1,000,000 shares of common stock of New Optics at a purchase price of ₩2.5 billion. In January 2010, we purchased 10.8 million shares of Can Yang Investment Limited representing a 15% interest at a purchase price of US$10.8 million. In October 2010, we invested an additional US$4.5 million and acquired 4.8 million additional shares of Can Yang Investment Limited.

 

  - In October 2008, we established a joint venture company, Suzhou Raken Technology Ltd., with AmTRAN Technology Co., Ltd., a Taiwan corporation. We invested US$10.4 million in return for a 51% interest in Suzhou Raken Technology Ltd. Suzhou Raken Technology Ltd. will supply both parties with TFT-LCD modules and TFT-LCD televisions. Through the establishment of this joint venture, we are able to further expand our customer base by securing a stable long-term panel dealer. In 2009 and 2010, we invested an additional US$58.7 million and US$14.5 million, respectively, in Suzhou Raken Technology Ltd., but the additional investments did not change our percentage interest in Suzhou Raken Technology Ltd.

 

  - As part of our strategy to expand our production capacity overseas, we signed an investment agreement and a joint venture agreement in November 2009 with the City of Guangzhou, China, to build an eighth-generation panel fabrication facility in China and held a groundbreaking ceremony in May 2012. In December 2012, we established a joint venture company, LG Display (China) Co., Ltd., with Guangzhou GET Technologies Development Co., Ltd. and Shenzhen SKYWORTH-RGB Electronics Co., Ltd to manufacture and sell eighth-generation panels. We made an initial investment of US$28 million and acquired a 70% equity interest in LG Display (China) Co., Ltd.

 

  - In December 2009, certain LG affiliates and we entered into a joint venture investment agreement and established a joint venture company, Global OLED Technology LLC, for purposes of managing the patent assets relating to OLED technology that we acquired from Eastman Kodak Company in December 2009. As of December 31, 2009, we had invested ₩72.3 billion in return for a 49% equity interest in the joint venture company. In June 2010, we sold ₩19.0 billion worth of our equity interest in the joint venture company. After such sale, our equity interest was reduced to 32.73%.

 

10


Table of Contents
  - In December 2009, we acquired a 30.6% limited partnership interest in LB Gemini New Growth Fund No. 16. Under the limited partnership agreement, we agreed to invest a total amount of ₩30 billion in the fund, and as of December 31, 2010, we had invested ₩8.3 billion in the fund. By becoming a limited partner of this fund, our aim is to seek direct investment opportunities as well as to receive benefits from the investment. In February 2011, we received a distribution of ₩1.4 billion from the fund, and in March and April 2011, we invested an additional ₩1.9 billion and ₩3.1 billion, respectively, in the fund. In June 2011, we received a further distribution of ₩0.7 billion as return of principal and ₩0.9 billion as dividends and we invested an additional ₩1.2 billion in the fund. In December 2011, we invested an additional ₩2.0 billion in the fund. In April, July and September 2012, we received distributions of ₩1.0 billion, ₩0.8 billion and ₩1.8 billion from the fund, respectively. In each of September, November and December 2012, we invested an additional ₩1.5 billion in the fund. The additional investments did not change our investment commitment amount of ₩30 billion or our limited partnership interest in the fund, which remained at 30.6%.

 

  - In order to establish a production base for LCD modules, LCD television sets and LCD monitors, we entered into a joint investment agreement with Top Victory Investment Ltd. in January 2010 and established L&T Display Technology (Xiamen) Ltd. and L&T Display Technology (Fujian) Ltd. in Xiamen and Fujian, China, respectively. We invested (i) ₩7.1 billion and acquired a 51% equity interest in L&T Display Technology (Xiamen) Ltd. and (ii) ₩10.1 billion and acquired a 51% equity interest in L&T Display Technology (Fujian) Ltd.

 

  - In May 2010, we completed the acquisition of the LCD module division of LG Innotek Co., Ltd. Through this acquisition, we expect to improve our module manufacturing process and simplify our supply chain which will increase our efficiency and competitiveness.

 

  - In August 2010, in order to strengthen our competitiveness in the LED backlight LCD market, we entered into a joint venture with Everlight Electronics Co., Ltd. and AmTRAN Technology Co., Ltd. and established Eralite Optoelectronics (Jiangsu) Co., Ltd., a company that specializes in LED packaging and manufacturing, in Suzhou, China. We invested US$4 million and acquired a 20% equity interest in Eralite Optoelectronics (Jiangsu) Co., Ltd.

 

  - In September 2010, in order to strengthen our OLED business, we acquired a 20% equity interest in YAS Co., Ltd., which develops and manufactures OLED deposition equipment components, at a purchase price of ₩10 billion.

 

  - In November 2010, in order to strengthen our e-book business, we acquired a 100% equity interest in Image & Materials, Inc., a company that develops and manufactures e-book deposition equipment components, at a purchase price of ₩35 billion. In each of June 2011, September 2011 and February 2012, we invested an additional ₩3.0 billion in Image & Materials, Inc.

 

  - In October 2010, in order to strengthen our competitiveness in the e-book market, we entered into a joint venture with Iriver Ltd. and established L&I Electronics Technology (Dongguan) Limited, a company that specializes in e-book manufacturing, in Dongguan, China. We invested US$2.6 million and acquired a 51% equity interest in L&I Electronics Technology (Dongguan) Limited.

 

  - In November 2010, in order to build Backlight-Module-System (BMS) lines that would help differentiate our technical skills from those of our competitors and increase our cost competitiveness, we entered into a joint venture with Compal Electronics, Inc., a Taiwanese company, and established LUCOM Display Technology (Kunshan) Ltd. in Kunshan, China. We invested US$2.3 million and acquired a 51% equity interest in LUCOM Display Technology (Kunshan) Ltd. In February and April 2011, we invested an additional US$ 3.1 million and US$2.3 million, respectively, in LUCOM Display Technology (Kunshan) Ltd., but the additional investments did not change our percentage interest in LUCOM Display Technology (Kunshan) Ltd.

 

  - In April 2011, in order to enhance the product quality and assist the local development of coaters, a component used in our TFT-LCD products, we invested ₩20 billion and acquired a 16.6% interest in Narae Nanotech Corporation, a Korean equipment manufacturer. In June 2011, we invested an additional ₩10.0 billion and acquired a further 7.7% interest in Narae Nanotech Corporation. As of June 30, 2012, we held a 23% equity interest in Narae Nanotech Corporation.

 

11


Table of Contents
  - In December 2011, in order to improve our cost competitiveness with respect to the glass substrate etching stage of our TFT-LCD panel manufacturing process, we invested ₩10.6 billion and acquired a 20.3% interest in Avatec Co., Ltd., a third party glass substrate etching processor. Avatec Co., Ltd. increased its paid-in capital in October 2012 and January 2013. We did not subscribe to additional equity on those occasions and, as a result, our equity interest in Avatec Co., Ltd. was diluted to 16.3% after the January 2013 paid-in capital increase.

 

  - In December 2011, in order to expand our module production capacity, we established LG Display U.S.A. Inc. in Texas, United States, and LG Display Reynosa S.A. de C.V. in Reynosa, Mexico. We invested in the form of paid-in capital ₩12.4 billion and ₩92 million in LG Display U.S.A. Inc. and LG Display Reynosa S.A. de C.V., respectively. We currently own a 100% interest in LG Display U.S.A. Inc. and a 1% interest in LG Display Reynosa S.A. de C.V. LG Display U.S.A. Inc. owns the remaining 99% interest in LG Display Reynosa S.A. de C.V.

 

  - In April 2012, in order to improve our cost competitiveness with respect to tempered glass used for touch screens, we invested ₩2.0 billion and acquired a 19.8% interest in Glonix Co., Ltd.

3. Major Products and Raw Materials

A. Major products

We manufacture TFT-LCD panels, of which a significant majority is exported overseas.

(Unit: In billions of Won, except percentages)

 

Business

area

   Sales
Type
   Items (Market)  

Usage

   Major
trademark
   Sales in 2012 (%)  

TFT-LCD

   Product/
Service/
Other Sales
   TFT-LCD
(Overseas 
(1))
  Panels for notebook computers, monitors, televisions, smartphones, tablets, etc    LG Display      27,280  (92.7)% 
      TFT-LCD
(Korea 
(1))
  Panels for notebook computers, monitors, televisions, smartphones, tablets, etc    LG Display      2,150  (7.3)% 

Total

                29,430  (100.0)% 

 

- Period: January 1, 2012 ~ December 31, 2012.
(1) Based on ship-to-party.

B. Average selling price trend of major products

The average selling price of LCD panels per square meter of net display area shipped in the fourth quarter of 2012 increased by approximately 9% from the third quarter of 2012, largely as a result of an increase in the proportion of differentiated products in our product mix. There is no assurance that the average selling prices of LCD panels will not fluctuate in the future due to imbalances in supply and demand.

(Unit: US$ / m2)

 

Description

   2012 Q4      2012 Q3      2012 Q2      2012 Q1  

TFT-LCD panel (1)(2)

     802         733         701         669   

 

(1) Quarterly average selling price per square meter of net display area shipped.
(2) Excludes semi-finished products in the cell process.

 

12


Table of Contents

C. Major raw materials

Prices of major raw materials depend on fluctuations in supply and demand in the market as well as on change in size and quantity of raw materials due to the increased production of large-sized panels.

(Unit: In billions of Won, except percentages)

 

Business

Area

   Purchase type    Items    Usage    Cost (1)      Ratio (%)    

Suppliers

TFT-LCD

   Raw
Materials
   Glass    LCD panel

manufacturing

     3,434         18.6  

Samsung Corning Precision

Glass Co., Ltd., Nippon Electric Glass Co., Ltd., etc.

      Backlight         5,687         30.9   Heesung Electronics Ltd., etc.
      Polarizer         2,823         15.3   LG Chem, etc.
      Others         6,487         35.2   -

Total

              18,431         100.0   -

 

- Period: January 1, 2012 ~ December 31, 2012.
(1) Based on total cost for purchase of raw materials which includes manufacturing and development costs, etc.

4. Production and Equipment

A. Production capacity and output

(1) Production capacity

The table below sets forth the production capacity of our Gumi and Paju facilities in the periods indicated.

(Unit: 1,000 Glass sheets)

 

Business area

   Items      Location of facilities      2012 (1)      2011 (1)      2010 (1)  

TFT-LCD

     TFT-LCD         Gumi, Paju         9,195         8,376         7,509   

 

(1) Calculated based on the maximum monthly input capacity (based on glass input substrate size for eighth generation glass sheets) during the year multiplied by the number of months in a year (i.e., 12 months).
(2) Production output

The table below sets forth the production output of our Gumi and Paju facilities in the periods indicated.

(Unit: 1,000 Glass sheets)

 

Business area

   Items      Location of facilities      2012      2011      2010  

TFT-LCD

     TFT-LCD         Gumi, Paju         7,853         6,850         6,490   

 

- Based on glass input substrate size for eighth generation glass sheets.

 

13


Table of Contents

B. Production performance and utilization ratio

(Unit: Hours, except percentages)

 

Production facilities

   Available working hours
of 2012
   Actual working hours
of 2012
   Average
utilization ratio
Gumi    8,774 (1)

(366 days) (2)

   8,637 (1)

(360 days) (2)

   98.4%
Paju (3)    8,035 (1)

(335 days) (2)

   8,035 (1)

(335 days) (2)

   100.0%

 

(1) Based on the assumption that all 24 hours in a day have been fully utilized.
(2) Number of days is calculated by averaging the number of working days for each facility.
(3) Includes P98, which commenced mass production in June 2012.

C. Investment plan

In connection with our strategy to expand our TFT-LCD and other production capacities, we incurred capital expenditures of approximately ₩4.0 trillion in 2012 on a cash out basis. In 2013, we expect that our capital expenditures on a cash out basis will be no more than ₩4 trillion or, on a delivery basis, between approximately ₩4 trillion and ₩4.5 trillion, primarily to fund the expansion of our OLED and LTPS-based panel production capacities, as well as other expansions and improvements to our existing facilities. Such amount is subject to change depending on business conditions and market environment.

5. Sales

A. Sales performance

(Unit: In billions of Won)

 

Business area

   Sales types      Items (Market)   2012      2011      2010  

TFT-LCD

     Products, etc.         TFT-LCD       Overseas (1)     27,280         22,328         23,806   
         Korea ( 1)     2,150         1,963         1,706   
         Total     29,430         24,291         25,512   

(1) Based on ship-to-party.

B. Sales route and sales method

(1) Sales organization

 

  - As of December 31, 2012, each of our Television Business Unit and IT/Mobile Business Unit had individual sales and customer support functions.

 

  - Sales subsidiaries in the United States, Germany, Japan, Taiwan, China and Singapore perform sales activities and provide local technical support to customers.

 

14


Table of Contents

(2) Sales route

Sales of our products take place through one of the following two routes:

 

  - LG Display HQ and overseas manufacturing subsidiaries g Overseas sales subsidiaries (USA/Germany/Japan/Taiwan/China/Singapore), etc. g System integrators and end-brand customers g End users

 

  - LG Display HQ and overseas manufacturing subsidiaries g System integrators and end-brand customers g End users

(3) Sales methods and sales terms

 

  - Direct sales and sales through overseas subsidiaries, etc. Sales terms are subject to change depending on the fluctuation in the supply and demand of LCD panels.

(4) Sales strategy

 

  - Our strategy is to secure stable sales to major personal computer makers and leading consumer electronics makers globally, strengthen sales of high-resolution, IPS, slim, narrow bezel and other high-end display panels in the tablet, notebook computer and monitor markets, maintain our position as market leader in the market for high-end ultra-high definition (“UHD”) and 3D FPR television panels.

 

  - In the smartphone, industrial products (including aviation and medical equipment) and automobile navigation systems segment, our strategy is to continue to build a strong and diversified business portfolio by expanding our business with customers with a global reach on the strength of our high-end products applying IPS technology.

(5) Purchase orders

 

  - Customers generally place purchase orders with us one month prior to delivery. Our customary practice for procuring orders from our customers and delivering our products to such customers is as follows:

 

  - Receive order from customer (overseas sales subsidiaries, etc.) g Headquarter is notified g Manufacture product g Ship product (overseas sales subsidiaries, etc.) g Sell product (overseas sales subsidiaries, etc.)

6. Market Risks and Risk Management

A. Market risks

Our industry continues to experience continued declines in the average selling prices of display panels irrespective of cyclical fluctuations in the industry, and our margins would be adversely impacted if prices decrease faster than we are able to reduce our costs.

The TFT-LCD industry is highly competitive. We have experienced pressure on the prices and margins of our major products due largely to additional industry capacity from panel makers in Korea, Taiwan, China and Japan. Our main competitors in the industry include Samsung Display, Hydis Technologies, AU Optronics, Innolux, CPT, HannStar, Japan Display, Sharp, Panasonic LCD, BOE and CSOT.

Our ability to compete successfully depends on factors both within and outside our control, including product pricing, performance and reliability, successful and timely investment and product development, success or failure of our end-brand customers in marketing their brands and products, component and raw material supply costs, and general economic and industry conditions. We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to compete successfully with our competitors on these fronts and, as a result, we may be unable to sustain our current market position.

 

15


Table of Contents

Our results of operations are subject to exchange rate fluctuations. To the extent that we incur costs in one currency and generate sales in a different currency, our profit margins may be affected by changes in the exchange rates between the two currencies. Our sales of display panels are denominated mainly in U.S. dollars, whereas our purchases of raw materials are denominated mainly in U.S. dollars and Japanese Yen. Our risk management policy regarding foreign currency risk is to minimize the impact of foreign currency fluctuations on our foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities. For additional information, see Note 13 of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012 attached hereto.

B. Risk management

The average selling prices of display panels have declined in general and could continue to decline with time irrespective of industry-wide cyclical fluctuations. Certain contributing factors for this decline will be beyond our ability to control and manage. However, in anticipation of such price decline we have continued to develop new technologies and have implemented various cost reduction measures. In addition, in order to manage our risk against foreign currency fluctuations, we may from time to time enter into cross-currency interest rate swap contracts and foreign currency forward contracts. For additional information, see Note 13 of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012 attached hereto.

7. Derivative Contracts

A. Currency risks

 

  - We are exposed to currency risks on sales, purchases and borrowings that are denominated in currencies other than in Won, our functional currency. These currencies are primarily the U.S. dollar, the Japanese Yen and the Euro.

 

  - We generally use forward exchange contracts with a maturity of less than one year to hedge against currency risks.

 

  - Interest on borrowings is denominated in the currency of the borrowing. Generally, borrowings are denominated in currencies that match the cash flows generated by our underlying operations, primarily in Won and the U.S. dollar.

 

  - In respect of other monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, we ensure that our net exposure is kept to an acceptable level by buying or selling foreign currencies at spot rates, when necessary, to address short-term imbalances. In addition, we also adjust the factoring volumes of foreign currency denominated receivables and utilize usances as means of settling accounts payable relating to capital expenditures for our facilities, in response to currency fluctuations.

B. Interest rate risks

 

  - Our exposure to interest rate risks relates primarily to our long term debt obligations. As of December 31, 2012, we had no interest swap contracts outstanding.

 

16


Table of Contents

8. Major contracts

Our material contracts, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, are set forth below:

 

Type of agreement

  

Name of party

  

Term

  

Content

Technology licensing

agreement

  

Semiconductor Energy

Laboratory

   October 2005 ~    Patent licensing of LCD and OLED related technology
  

Fergason Patent

Properties

   October 2007 ~    Patent licensing of LCD driving technology
     Hewlett-Packard    January 2011 ~    Patent licensing of semi-conductor device technology

Technology

licensing/supply

agreement

  

Chunghwa Picture

Tubes

   November 2007 ~    Patent cross-licensing of LCD technology
  

HannStar Display

Corporation

   November 2009 ~    Patent cross-licensing of LCD technology
  

AU Optronics

Corporation

   August 2011~    Patent cross-licensing of LCD technology
   Innolux Corporation    July 2012 ~    Patent cross-licensing of LCD technology, etc.

9. Research & Development

A. Summary of R&D-related expenditures

(Unit: In millions of Won, except percentages)

 

Items

   2012     2011     2010  

Material Cost

     494,422        550,200        616,072   

Labor Cost

     412,805        365,375        285,212   

Depreciation Expense

     259,467        217,874        93,365   

Others

     206,093        180,582        122,619   

Total R&D-Related Expenditures

     1,372,787        1,314,031        1,117,268   

Accounting Treatment

   Selling & Administrative Expenses      301,239        248,328        264,073   

Manufacturing Cost

     873,323        942,015        717,848   

Development Cost (Intangible Assets)

     198,225        123,688        135,347   

R&D-Related Expenditures / Revenue Ratio

(Total R&D-Related Expenditures ÷ Revenue for the period × 100)

     4.7     5.4     4.4

B. R&D achievements

Achievements in 2010

 

  1) Development of 9.7-inch AH-IPS model for iPads.

 

  - Development of the world’s first IPS tablet

 

  - Achieving the following viewing angles by applying AH-IPS: top (80°) / bottom (80°) / left (80°) / right (80°)

 

  2) Development of second Green PC products (13.3-inch, 14.0-inch and 15.6-inch in high-definition (“HD”))

 

  - Thin and light; low electricity consumption thereby increasing battery life

 

  - Development of Company-led flat product market

 

17


Table of Contents
  3) Development of world’s first TruMotion 480Hz product (47-inch and 55-inch in full high-definition (“FHD”))

 

  - World’s first application of 240hz driving technology and scanning technology to achieve TruMotion 480Hz.

 

  - 50% reduction in source driver integrated circuits (“D-IC”) (from 16ea to 8ea) by applying 1 gate 1 drain technology

 

  4) World’s first FHD 47-inch three-dimensional (“3D”) display panels using Glass Patterned Retarder (GPR) technology

 

  - Achieving FHD for 3D display panels using GPR technology

 

  5) Development of our first large-sized display panels viewable in 3D using shutter glasses (42-inch, 47-inch, 55-inch in FHD)

 

  - Achieving high aperture ratio by applying S-IPS V technology

 

  - Removal of gate driver integrated circuits by applying GIP technology

 

  - Reduction in the number of integrated circuits (from 8ea to 6ea) by applying 960Ch source D-IC

 

  6) World’s first LCD product which uses the LCD monitor’s bottom cover as the back cover of a television set (32-inch, 37-inch and 42-inch in FHD)

 

  - Removal of the television set back cover by replacing it with the LCD monitor’s bottom cover. Co-designed with a third party

 

  7) Development of 42-inch and 47-inch FHD display panels for television to be sold in emerging markets

 

  - Focusing on basic functions and removing functions that are costly

 

  - Achieving cost reduction by applying GIP technology

 

  8) Development of intra interface technology for large-sized, high resolution, high frequency display panels

 

  - Improved data transmission rate (from 660Mbps to 1.6Gbps)

 

  - Developing slim PCBs by decreasing the number of transmission lines

 

  9) Development of our first 21.5-inch and 26-inch FHD Edge LED products

 

  - Application of 21.5-inch, 26-inch FHD TV LED BL and mid-sized FHD model Slim TCON (176Pin g 88Pin)

 

  10) Development of our first 32 HD Edge LED product

 

  - Application of 32-inch HD TV Edge LED BL

 

  11) Development of our first 37-inch FHD M240Hz product

 

  - Development of 37-inch FHD 240Hz panel. Development and mass production of MEMC 240Hz with TCON model.

 

  12) Development of 240Hz panel for LG Electronics’ Borderless TV

 

  - Development of Narrow Bezel 240Hz panel (Bezel 14 mm g 7 mm) for LG Electronics’ Borderless TV

 

  13) Development of the world’s first slim 23W FHD monitor in IPS mode

 

  - Slim design by applying slim-type LED backlight (thickness: 14.5 mm g 11.5 mm)

 

  - Cost saving by applying low voltage liquid crystal

 

  - Removal of gate driver integrated circuits by applying GIP technology

 

18


Table of Contents
  14) Development of the world’s first slim 185W HD monitor in TN mode

 

  - Slim design by applying slim-type LED backlight (thickness: 11.5 mm g 9.7 mm)

 

  - 50% reduction in source D-IC by applying DRD (Double Rate Driving) technology

 

  - Elimination of optical sheet by applying new TFT structure technology (I-VCOM)

 

  - Removal of gate driver integrated circuits by applying GIP technology

 

  15) Development of 42-inch, 47-inch and 55-inch FHD monitors applying low cell gap (3.1 g 2.8um) technology

 

  - Enhanced 3D performance (3D CrossTalk 10.x% g 5.x)%

 

  - World’s first application of this technology in 42-inch, 47 inch and 55-inch FHD products

 

  16) Development of ultra slim 0.2t glass 12.1-inch notebook computer

 

  - Realization of ultra slim product by applying 0.2t glass and flat screen backlight structure

 

  17) Development of world’s first ultra slim 19SX TN monitor

 

  - Slim design by applying slim type LED backlight (thickness: 15.5 mm g 9.9 mm)

 

  - 50% reduction (6ea to 3ea) in the number of source D-IC by applying DRD technology

 

  - Elimination of gate driver integrated circuits by applying GIP technology

 

  18) Development of 215FHD e-IPS monitor products applying LED PKG

 

  - Reduction in the number of LED and LED array cost through optimization of LED PKG’s beam and size

 

  - Realization of 2 sheet structure by adopting I-VCOM resulting in increased transmittance and backlight luminance

 

  - Elimination of gate driver integrated circuits by applying GIP technology

 

  - Minimization of liquid crystal display module (“LCM”) thickness by applying thin LED array structure (14.5 mm g 10.2 mm)

 

  19) Development and application of LED PKG in 215FHD TN monitor products

 

  - Reduction in the number of LED and LED array cost through optimization of LED PKG’s beam and size

 

  - Elimination of DBEF sheet by adopting I-VCOM resulting in increased transmittance and backlight luminance

 

  - Elimination of gate driver integrated circuits by applying GIP technology

 

  - Minimization of LCM thickness by applying thin LED array structure (14.5 mm g 10.2 mm)

 

  20) Development of world’s first slim TN monitor (185W HD, 20W HD+, 215W/23W FHD)

 

  - Developing ultra slim monitor by cooperating with set makers in the design process (SET standard: over 20 mm g 12.9 mm)

 

  - Minimization of LCM thickness by applying thin LED array structure (11.5 mm g 8.2 mm)

 

  - Simplification of circuit by developing T-con + Scaler 1chip

 

  21) Development of world’s first ultra slim 215W FHD TN monitor

 

  - Developing ultra slim monitor by cooperating with set makers in the design process (SET standard: 12.9 mm g 7.2 mm)

 

  - Minimization of LCM thickness by applying thin LED array structure (8.2 mm g 6 mm)

 

19


Table of Contents
  22) Development of the world’s first 3D FPR type 42-inch, 47-inch and 55-inch FHD panels

 

  - Improved 3D performance (cross talk 1.0% i, 3D luminance 170 nit)

 

  23) Development of our first 42-inch, 47-inch and 55-inch FHD panels with built-in 3D formatters

 

  - Development of our first products with built-in MEMC and 3D formatters

 

  24) Development of the world’s first real 240Hz applying GIP driving technology

 

  - First to develop real 240Hz applying GIP driving technology

 

  - Reduced the number of driver integrated circuits by applying 960ch Source D-IC: 8ea g 6 ea

 

  25) Development of panels for Macbook Air

 

  - Development and mass production of 116HD, 133 WXGA+ panels

 

  - Application of Z-inversion technology for low energy consumption

 

  26) Introduction of the world’s first HD shutter glasses type 3D notebook product (17.3 inch FHD)

 

  - Development of 172Hz high recharging speed notebook LCD panel

 

  - Development of Timing Controller (TC) driving technology

 

  27) The first all-in-one touch panel notebook from an LCD panel manufacturer (15.6 inch HD add-on touch notebook)

 

  - The world’s first large size (15.6-inch) notebook panel to receive Win7 Touch certification (received on July 23, 2010)

 

  - The world’s first LCD and touch panel integrated add-on touch module developed by an LCD panel manufacturer

 

  28) Introduction of the world’s first Micro Film 3D notebook (15.6-inch FHD)

 

  - The world’s first 3D FPR type notebook (developed timely to win market share in the 3D market)

 

  29) Development of the world’s first 240Hz 23W IPS monitor

 

  - The world’s first to realize 240Hz by application of 120Hz panel driving and scanning technologies

 

  - Achievement of Motion Picture Response Time (MPRT) of 8ms

 

  30) Development of the world’s first add-on infrared camera type 215W IPS monitor

 

  - Realization of thin LCM (20.5 mm) by application of the world’s first add-on infrared camera

 

  - Improved touch capabilities (dead zone free and multi-touch) and the first in the world to receive Win 7 Logo certification

 

  - Touch location auto correction by applying auto calibration

 

  31) Development of 20-inch HD and 23-inch FHD e-IPS monitor products applying widescreen LED PKG

 

  - Reduction in the number of LED and LED array cost through optimization of LED PKG’s beam and size

 

  - Elimination of gate driver integrated circuits by applying GIP technology

 

  - Cost reduction and lower power consumption (20% reduction for driver integrated circuits) by using low voltage driver integrated circuits

 

  - Minimization of LCM thickness by applying thin LED array structure (for 20-inch HD panels: 14.5 mm g 10.2 mm)

 

  32) Development of 20-inch HD and 23-inch FHD TN monitor products applying widescreen LED PKG

 

  - Reduction in the number of LED and LED array cost through optimization of LED PKG’s beam and size

 

  - Elimination of DBEF sheet by adopting I-VCOM resulting in increased transmittance and backlight luminance (for 20-inch HD monitors)

 

20


Table of Contents
  - 50% reduction in the number of source D-IC by applying DRD technology (for 23-inch FHD panels)

 

  - Elimination of gate driver integrated circuits by applying GIP technology

 

  - Minimization of LCM thickness by applying thin LED array structure (11.5 mm g 10.2 mm)

Achievements in 2011

 

  1) Introduction of glass-free mobile 3D product (4.3-inch WVGA)

 

  - Development and preparation for mass production of our first glass-free 3D product (utilizing barrier cell)

 

  2) Introduction of the world’s first 12.5-inch AH-IPS notebook product

 

  - Development of the world’s first 12.5-inch notebook utilizing AH-IPS technology

 

  - Achievement of a maximum circuit logic power of 1.0W

 

  - Development of a slim and light AH-IPS model (development of a model that utilizes IPS and flat PCB)

 

  3) Introduction of an integrated 14.0-inch touch panel notebook product

 

  - Development of a 14.0-inch touch panel notebook product as part of our plan to develop and expand our integrated touch panel products portfolio

 

  4) Introduction of our 15.6-inch dream color IPS notebook product

 

  - Development of a notebook utilizing H-IPS technology

 

  - Realization of a 100% color reproduction rate by applying RGB LED technology

 

  - Realization of 1.073G color by applying 10-bit color depth technology

 

  5) Development and mass production of 9.7-inch LCD panels for iPad 2

 

  - Application of AH-IPS and slim LCD technology

 

  - Decreased thickness by 20% and weight by 7% compared to LCD panel for iPad 1

 

  6) Development of the world’s first 3D FPR 23-inch FHD TN monitor product

 

  - Minimization of flicker / crosstalk by applying FPR technology

 

  - Minimization of cost increase by applying one layer 3D film

 

  - Realization of high luminance 3D images (two times the luminance compared to images from monitors utilizing shutter glass technology)

 

  7) Introduction of our first 50-inch Cinema TV product

 

  - Application of 21:9 screen display ratio (2560 x 1080 resolution)

 

  - Application of 960ch + EPI source D-IC for optimal high-resolution

 

  - Application of scanning technology under the Horizontal 2Edge structure

 

  8) Development of the world’s first 3D FPR 23-inch IPS FHD monitor product

 

  - Minimization of flicker / crosstalk by applying FPR technology

 

  - Minimization of cost increase by applying one layer 3D film

 

  - Realization of high luminance 3D images (two times the luminance compared to images from monitors utilizing shutter glass technology)

 

21


Table of Contents
  9) Development and introduction of the world’s first 15.6-inch HD FPR 3D notebook product

 

  - Realization of the world’s first 15.6-inch HD FPR 3D product

 

  - Realization of high luminance 3D images (two times the luminance compared to images from notebooks utilizing shutter glass technology)

 

  - Minimization of cost increase by applying one layer 3D film

 

  10) Development and introduction of the world’s first 17.3-inch Dream Color AH-IPS notebook product

 

  - Development of the world’s first 17.3-inch notebook computer applying AH-IPS

 

  - Realization of Dream Color (100% color reproduction rate) by applying RGB LED

 

  - Realization of 1.073G color by applying Color Depth 10-bit technology

 

  - Realization of 89 degrees viewing angle (up/down/left/right) by applying IPS technology

 

  11) Development and introduction of a 15.6-inch HD product with the world’s lowest (at the time) power consumption from logic circuit (0.5W).

 

  - Application of DRD Z-inversion, HVDD and low voltage process

 

  - Application of high intensity LED (2.3cd) and Vcut light guide plate

 

  - Increase in battery life due to logic circuit power consumption reduction

 

  12) Development of the world’s smallest (at the time) Narrow Bezel Notebook Model

 

  - The first in the world to apply 4.5 mm narrow bezel

 

  - Formation of camera hole by B/M mask patterning

 

  13) Development of a new 10.1-inch WX smartbook LCD

 

  - Development of the our first 10.1-inch WXGA LCD following in the footsteps of our 9.7-inch XGA model

 

  - Realization of reduced power consumption, high permeability and increased viewing angle by application of IPS technology.

 

  14) Development of a 42-inch FHD product applying COT technology

 

  - Simplifying panel production process by applying COT (Color Filter on TFT) technology

 

  - Luminance increased by 10%

 

  15) Development of 42-inch, 47-inch and 55-inch direct slim LCD TV

 

  - Development of the world’s first direct-mounted 11.0 mm depth ultra-slim LCM model

 

  - Application of 96 block local dimming and M240Hz technology

 

  16) Development of a 47-inch super narrow public display panel

 

  - Development of our first super narrow bezel (seam 6.9 mm) product for application in public display panels

 

  17) Introduction of the world’s first 15.6-inch FHD AH-IPS notebook product

 

  - Development of the world’s first 15.6-inch FHD model applying AH-IPS technology

 

  - Development of slim & light AH-IPS model (thickness: 3.4 mm; weight: 330g)

 

  - Achieving the following viewing angles by applying IPS technology; 178° from top to bottom; 178° from left to right

 

22


Table of Contents
  18) Development of a 15.6-inch FHD notebook applying a new backlight arrangement

 

  - Optimization of light placement by application of New Concept LED Backlight

 

  - Reduction in the number of LED integrated circuits (78ea g 10ea) by application of mid-power LED

 

  - Reduced energy consumption pursuant to a reduction in the number of LED integrated circuits (7.4W g 5.9W)

 

  19) Development of the world’s first 215/25/27 FHD TN and 215 FHD IPS 3D monitor

 

  - Minimization of flicker/crosstalk by application of FPR technology

 

  - Minimization of cost increase by applying one-layered 3D film

 

  - Realization of high luminance 3D images (two times the luminance compared to images from monitors utilizing shutter glass technology)

 

  20) Development of a 4.5-inch true HD AH-IPS display smartphone product

 

  - For 4G LTE smartphones (introduced by LG Electronics in September 2011)

 

  - Application of true HD720 resolution and AH-IPS technology

 

  21) Development of the world’s first 14.0-inch HD 3D FPR notebook product

 

  - Realization of the world’s first 14.0-inch 3D FPR display

 

  - Realization of high luminance 3D images (two times the luminance compared to images from notebook panels utilizing shutter glass technology)

 

  22) Development of the world’s first AH-IPS GIP / DRD column inversion technology

 

  - Development of AH-IPS GIP / DRD by application of shrink GIP technology

 

  - Realization of TN-equivalent panel size through reduced panel load

 

  - Achieved TN-equivalent logic energy consumption levels

Achievements in 2012

 

  1) Introduction of the world’s first 13.3-inch high definition plus (“HD+”) AH-IPS notebook product

 

  - Development of the world’s first 13.3-inch HD+ model applying AH-IPS technology

 

  2) Development and introduction of a 14.0-inch HD product with the world’s lowest (at the time) rate of logic circuit energy consumption (0.4W)

 

  - Application of DRD Z-inversion, HVDD and low voltage process

 

  - Application of high intensity LED (2.3cd) and Vcut light guiding plate

 

  - Increase in battery life due to reduced logic circuit energy consumption

 

  3) Introduction of a 14.0-inch HD+ notebook product with a high color reproduction rate

 

  - Development of a 14.0-inch HD+ 72% color reproduction rate model

 

  - Development of a slim model applying 0.3 mm glass etching

 

  4) Introduction of a 15.6-inch FHD glasses-free 3D notebook product

 

  - Development of the first notebook product applying switchable barrier type 3D technology that does not require the use of glasses

 

23


Table of Contents
  5) Development of the world’s first 23-inch FHD monitor product applying AH-IPS 4Mask technology

 

  - Increased display panel luminance by application of AH-IPS technology (20% more luminance compared to display panels applying conventional IPS technology)

 

  - Simplified panel production process by application of AH-IPS 4Mask technology

 

  - 30% reduction in energy consumption resulting from increased efficiency of LED and circuit components

 

  - Increased productivity in the manufacture of circuit and mechanical components resulting from increased standardization

 

  6) Development of TN monitor products (20-inch HD+, 21.5-inch FHD and 23-inch FHD) applying new LED

 

  - 20% reduction in energy consumption resulting from increased efficiency of LED and circuit components (based on 23W power consumption models)

 

  - Increased productivity in the manufacture of circuit and mechanical components resulting from increased standardization

 

  7) Development of products with new edge backlight unit (32-inch, 37-inch and 42-inch FHD)

 

  - Vertical 2Bar LED backlight unit g Vertical 1Bar LED backlight unit

 

  - Reduced energy consumption by 25% resulting from a reduction in the number of LED integrated (based on 32-inch display panel)

 

  8) Development of 42-inch FHD product with new direct backlight unit

 

  - Development of LED Lens through the improvement of LED Beam spread angle ( 72ea based on 42-inch display panel)

 

  - Same thickness as conventional edge LED lighting lamp (35.5 mm)

 

  9) Development of products with the world’s narrowest bezels of 3.5 mm (47-inch and 55-inch FHD)

 

  - Narrow set design possible using 3.5 mm bezel

 

  10) Development of the world’s first panel products without borders on three sides (32-inch, 42-inch, 47-inch and 55-inch FHD)

 

  - Made possible by removing the forward-facing case top, resulting in “zero” bezel on three sides

 

  11) Development of monitor products without borders on three sides (21.5-inch, 23-inch and 27-inch FHD)

 

  - Made possible by removing the forward-facing case top, resulting in “zero” bezel on three sides, and application of double-sided adhesive to secure the position of the panel and backlight

 

  - Used double guide panels to reduce light leakage issues in IPS panels

 

  12) Development of 12.5-inch HD AH-IPS slim and light notebook display panels

 

  - Achieved thickness of 2.85t

 

  - Reduced the number of LEDs required by using high intensity LEDs (2.5cd)

 

  13) The world’s first GF2 Touch Tablet Product Development (10.1WXGA LCM + Touch)

 

  - Touch Concept: GF2, Touch IC In-House

 

  - Reduced cost by applying TMIC

 

  - Reduced power consumption by applying 6 in 1 (Buck version) PMIC

 

  - Reduced cost and power consumption by applying AH-IPS + DRD-Z

 

  - Reduced cost by applying Taper LGP

 

24


Table of Contents
  14) Development of Automotive 9.2WV product that applies wide temperature AH5-IPS technology

 

  - For use in Center Information Displays and Rear Seat Entertainment Displays mounted on K9 model Kia cars

 

  - Wide temperature materials/components used and AH5-IPS technology applied

 

  15) Application and introduction of the world’s first large multi-model on a glass (“MMG”) type product (60-inch FHD and 32-inch HD)

 

  - Increased glass efficiency by successfully applying large MMG technology for the first time in the industry

 

  - Developed three sided and six sided chamfers for eighth generation 60-inch FHD panels and 32-inch HD panels, respectively

 

  16) Development of the world’s first 84-inch UHD display panel product

 

  - a-Si based 1G 1D UHD panel with steady charging

 

  - Developed extra-large edge LED with rigid heat resistant structure

 

  17) Development of 2000 nit bright public display panel for outdoor use (47-inch FHD)

 

  - Use of optimal-temperature panel prevents any blackening effect when exposed to direct sunlight

 

  - Use of quarter-wave plate (applying FPR technology) allows viewers wearing polarized sunglasses to view the public display panel with ease

 

  - Applied heat resistant structure without heat sink

 

  - Improved bright room contrast ratio by applying Shine Out ARC POL technology

 

  18) Development of seam (AtA) 5.6 mm super-narrow bezel (“SNB”) public display panel (55-inch FHD)

 

  - Bezel thickness minimized (2.9 mm for pad, 1.6 mm for non-pad)

 

  - Developed SNB structure technology

 

  19) Development of 47-inch and 55-inch display panel products applying vertical 1Bar structure

 

  - Our first 47-inch and 55-inch display panel products applying vertical 1Bar LED backlight units

 

  - Reduced number of LEDs needed, resulting in reduced energy consumption (for example, energy consumption for the 47-inch display panel was reduced from 65.5W to 55.8W)

 

  20) Development of the world’s first 29-inch 21:9 ratio three-side borderless monitor product

 

  - Made possible by removing the forward-facing case top, resulting in “zero” bezel on three sides

 

  - Double-sided adhesive used to secure the position of the panel and backlight

 

  - Double guide panels used to resolve light leakage issues in IPS panels

 

  21) Development of the world’s first 12.9-inch high-resolution slim AH-IPS display panel

 

  - Ultra-high resolution WQSXGA+ (239 PPI)

 

  - Achieved 400 nit brightness by improving panel luminance and applying high intensity LED PKG and new 1Bar structure

 

  - Developed 2.95 mm slim model through glass etching and application of rigid PCB

 

  22) Development of the world’s first ultra-slim all-in-one product applying G2 Touch technology (4.67WXGA, LGE Optimus G)

 

  - 320 PPI high resolution AH-IPS display panel

 

  - Ultra-slim LCM by applying G2 Touch and OCR Direct Bonding technologies

 

25


Table of Contents
  23) Development of the world’s first TV product applying DRD technology (32-inch, 37-inch HD)

 

  - Simplified circuit structure for HD TV by applying DRD technology (source D-IC reduced from 4ea g 2ea)

 

  24) Development of customer co-designed TV (32-inch to 55-inch FHD)

 

  - Co-designed TV model that integrates LCM and the front cover in a single body

 

  - Differentiated set bezel design

 

  25) Development of the world’s first borderless TV product with 7.8 mm bezel (47-inch FHD)

 

  - Borderless on the top and left/right sides with a borderless like bottom design

 

  26) Development of the world’s largest, at the time, 55-inch FHD OLED TV product

 

  - Utilizes WRGB OLED technology with a thickness of 4.45 mm

 

  27) Development of the first touch notebook product with direct bonding of touch screen module (“TSM”) (12.5-inch FHD)

 

  - Applied direct bonding between LCM and TSM to reduce thickness (4.8 mm)

 

  - Direct bonding multi-sourcing in response to customer demand

 

  28) Development of 23.8-inch desktop monitor product

 

  - Narrower bezels (8 mm for the top and left/right sides) compared to conventional bezels

 

  29) Development of the world’s first clear borderless (borderless on all four sides) monitor product (27-inch FHD)

 

  - Applied Narrow Bezel Vertical LED Structure technology by changing the LED backlight structure

 

  - Developed even black matrix structure on all four sides

10. Intellectual Property

As of December 31, 2012, our cumulative patent portfolio (including patents that have already expired) included a total of 19,713 patents, consisting of 8,982 in Korea and 10,731 in other countries.

11. Environmental Matters

We are subject to a variety of environmental regulations and we may be subject to fines or restrictions that could cause our operations to be interrupted. Our manufacturing processes generate worksite waste, including water and air pollutants, at various stages in the manufacturing process, and we are subject to a variety of laws and regulations relating to the use, storage, discharge and disposal of such chemical by-products and waste substances. We have installed various types of anti-pollution equipment, consistent with environmental standards, for the treatment of chemical waste and equipment for the recycling of treated waste water at our various facilities. However, we cannot provide assurance that environmental claims will not be brought against us or that the local or national governments will not take steps toward adopting more stringent environmental standards. Any failure on our part to comply with any present or future environmental regulations could result in the assessment of damages or imposition of fines against us, suspension of production or a cessation of operations. In addition, environmental regulations could require us to acquire costly equipment or to incur other significant compliance expenses that may materially and negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We have also voluntarily agreed to reduce emission of greenhouse gases, such as triflouride oxide and perfluoro compounds, or PFCs, including sulfur hexafluoride, or SF6, gases, by installing abatement systems to meet voluntary emissions targets for the TFT-LCD industry for 2010. As part of our voluntary activities to reduce emission of greenhouse gases, we installed triflouride oxide abatement systems at all of our production lines.

 

26


Table of Contents

We also installed an SF6 abatement system in P1 in April 2005, and have taken steps to install additional SF6 abatement systems through the use of Clean Development Mechanism, or CDM, projects. We manage our CDM projects jointly with LG International Corp. On July 10, 2010, after becoming the first TFT-LCD company to receive the UNFCCC CDM Executive Board’s approval of our CDM project, we installed an SF6 abatement system in P6. We received a total of 343,971 tonnes of CO2 equivalent of certified emission reduction credits, or CERs, from the UN for the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions during the period from August 1, 2010 to December 31, 2010, all of which was sold in December 2011. We also received a total of 579,583 tonnes of CO2 equivalent of CERs for the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions during the period from January 1, 2011 to January 31, 2012. We intend to ask a third party accreditation agency to examine the reduction of our greenhouse gas emissions in P1 and P6 since February 1, 2012 as part of our application for receiving CERs from the UN. In August 2011, we commenced the installation of an SF6 abatement system in P7 through the implementation of CDM projects which became operational in February 2012, which further reduced our greenhouse gas emissions. We intend to ask a third party accreditation agency to examine the reduction of our greenhouse gas emissions in P7 since February 1, 2012 as part of our application for receiving CERs from the UN.

In 2010, we were designated by the Korean government as one of the companies subject to greenhouse gas emission and energy consumption targets under the Framework Act on Low Carbon, Green Growth. As a result, we may need to invest in additional equipment and there may be other costs associated with meeting reduction targets, which may have a negative effect on our profitability or production activities. In addition, if we fail to meet a reduction target and are unable to comply with the government’s subsequent enforcement notice relating to such failure, we may be subject to fines.

In connection with the greenhouse gas emission and energy reduction target system, we submitted a statement of our domestic emissions and energy usage for the years 2007 through 2010 to the Korean government (i.e., the Ministry of Environment and the Ministry of Knowledge Economy), which was certified by DNV Certification Co., Ltd., a government-designated certification agency. We submitted a statement of our domestic emissions and energy usage for the year 2011 to the Ministry of Environment and the Ministry of Knowledge Economy in March 2012 after certification by Lloyd’s Register Quality Assurance, another government-designated certification agency. We plan to submit a statement for our domestic emission and energy usage for the year 2012 by the end of March 2013 after we receive certification.

The table below sets forth yearly levels of our greenhouse gases emissions and energy usage in the statement submitted to the Korean government:

(Unit: thousand tonnes of CO2 equivalent; Tetra Joules)

 

Category

   2011      2010      2009  

Greenhouse gases

     5,926         5,576         4,755   

Energy

     55,234         45,850         37,075   

In addition, in order to improve the efficiency and reliability of measuring our greenhouse gas emission reduction activities, we have implemented improvements in our electronic greenhouse gas inventory system in 2012.

Operations at our manufacturing plants are subject to regulation and periodic monitoring by the Korean Ministry of Environment and local environmental protection authorities. We believe that we have adopted adequate anti-pollution measures and have minimized our impact on the environment by improving existing and developing new technologies for the effective maintenance of environmental protection standards consistent with local industry practice. In addition, we have continually monitored, and we believe that we are in compliance in all material respects with, the applicable environmental laws and regulations in Korea. Expenditures related to such compliance may be substantial. Such expenditures are generally included in capital expenditures. As required by Korean law, we employ licensed environmental specialists for each environmental area, including air quality, water quality, toxic materials and radiation. We currently have ISO 14001 certifications with respect to the environmental record for P1 through P98, our OLED production facility in Gumi, Korea, our Gumi module production plant and our Paju module production plant, as well as our module production plants in Nanjing and Guangzhou, China.

 

27


Table of Contents

In addition, with respect to P1 through P98 and our module production plants in Gumi and Paju, we have established and are currently operating a new green management system, which was certified by BSI Group Korea in November 2011. Furthermore, we have been certified by the Korean Ministry of Environment as a “Green Company”, with respect to our environmental record for P1 and our module production plant in Gumi since 1997, with respect to our operations at P2 and P3 since 2006, and with respect to our operations at P4, P5 and P6 since 2008, and received commendations from the Prime Minister and the Minister of Environment of Korea for our efforts to promote recycling.

We also have an internal monitoring system to control the use of hazardous substances in the manufacture of our products as we are committed to compliance with all applicable environmental laws and regulations, including European Union Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Directive 2011/65/EU, and restricts the use of certain hazardous substances in the manufacture of electrical and electronic equipment.

In addition, as part of our commitment to purchase environment-friendly raw materials, we have implemented a green purchasing system that prevents the introduction of hazardous materials at the purchasing stage. The green purchasing system has been a key component in our efforts to comply with RoHS and other applicable environmental laws and regulation.

In October 2005, we became the first TFT-LCD company to receive accreditation as an International Accredited Testing Laboratory by the Korea Laboratory Accreditation Scheme, which is operated by the Korean Ministry of Knowledge Economy. In September 2006, we received international accreditation from TUV SUD, EU’s German accreditation agency, as a RoHS testing laboratory. Our efforts to keep pace with the increasingly stringent accreditation standards and to receive and maintain such accreditations are part of our on-going efforts to systematically monitor environmentally controlled substances in our component parts inventory. Moreover, we participated in reforming IEC 62321, an international testing standard published by the International Electrotechnical Commission and used by RoHS, and the commission adopted our halogen-free combustion ion chromatography method in as IEC 62321-3-2, which is to be published in June 2013.

12. Financial Information

A. Financial highlights (Based on consolidated K-IFRS)

(Unit: In millions of Won)

 

Description

   As of December 31,
2012
     As of December 31,
2011
     As of December 31,
2010
     As of December 31,
2009
 

Current assets

     8,914,685         7,858,065         8,840,433         8,226,142   

Quick assets

     6,524,678         5,540,695         6,625,216         6,558,362   

Inventories

     2,390,007         2,317,370         2,215,217         1,667,780   

Non-current assets

     15,540,826         17,304,866         15,017,225         11,477,335   

Investments in equity accounted investees

     402,158         385,145         325,532         282,450   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     13,107,511         14,696,849         12,815,401         9,596,497   

Intangible assets

     497,602         535,114         539,901         352,393   

Other non-current assets

     1,533,555         1,687,758         1,336,391         1,245,995   

Total assets

     24,455,511         25,162,931         23,857,658         19,703,477   

 

28


Table of Contents

Current liabilities

     9,206,158        9,911,434         8,881,829        6,495,071   

Non-current liabilities

     5,009,173        5,120,469         3,914,862        3,168,657   

Total liabilities

     14,215,331        15,031,903         12,796,691        9,663,728   

Share capital

     1,789,079        1,789,079         1,789,079        1,789,079   

Share premium

     2,251,113        2,251,113         2,251,113        2,251,113   

Reserves

     (69,370     12,181         (35,298     (51,005

Retained earnings

     6,238,989        6,063,359         7,031,163        6,050,562   

Non-controlling interest

     30,369        15,296         24,910        0   

Total equity

     10,240,180        10,131,028         11,060,967        10,039,749   

(Unit : In millions of Won, except for per share data and number of  consolidated entities)

 

Description

   For the year ended
December 31, 2012
    For the year ended
December 31, 2011
    For the year ended
December 31, 2010
    For the year ended
December 31, 2009
 

Revenue

     29,429,668        24,291,289        25,511,535        20,037,701   

Operating profit (loss)

     912,368 (1)      (763,548 )(2)      1,688,560 (2)      1,114,846 (2) 

Operating profit from continuing operations

     236,345        (787,895     1,159,234        1,117,778   

Profit (loss) for the period

     236,345        (787,895     1,159,234        1,117,778   

Profit (loss) attributable to:

        

Owners of the Company

     233,204        (771,223     1,156,343        1,117,778   

Non-controlling interest

     3,141        (16,672     2,891        —     

Basic earnings (loss) per share

     652        (2,155     3,232        3,124   

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

     652        (2,155     3,152        3,124   

Number of consolidated entities

     20        18        16        11   

 

(1) Amendment to K-IFRS No. 1001 Presentation of Financial Statements adopted in the presentation of operating profit. After adoption of the amendment, operating profit or loss is presented as an amount of revenue less cost of sales, selling and administrative expenses and research and development expenses. Prior to the adoption of the amendment, other income and other expenses were included in the presentation of operating profit or loss. For additional information, see Note 2 of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012 attached hereto.
(2) Reclassified to conform to the presentation for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

29


Table of Contents

B. Financial highlights (Based on separate K-IFRS)

(Unit: In millions of Won)

 

Description

   As of December 31,
2012
    As of December 31,
2011
    As of December 31,
2010
    As of December 31,
2009
 

Current assets

     8,432,253        7,326,764        8,499,873        7,973,355   

Quick assets

     6,484,308        5,414,054        6,739,908        6,687,050   

Inventories

     1,947,945        1,912,710        1,759,965        1,286,305   

Non-current assets

     15,369,335        16,947,200        14,658,125        11,283,512   

Investments

     1,468,778        1,386,313        1,279,831        1,075,229   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     12,004,435        13,522,553        11,688,061        8,730,263   

Intangible assets

     488,663        479,510        483,260        340,885   

Other non-current assets

     1,407,459        1,558,824        1,206,973        1,137,135   

Total assets

     23,801,588        24,273,964        23,157,998        19,256,867   

Current liabilities

     9,132,943        9,485,333        8,453,869        6,120,663   

Non-current liabilities

     5,007,525        5,101,714        3,833,454        3,102,006   

Total liabilities

     14,140,468        14,587,047        12,287,323        9,222,669   

Share capital

     1,789,079        1,789,079        1,789,079        1,789,079   

Share premium

     2,251,113        2,251,113        2,251,113        2,251,113   

Reserves

     (893     (3,944     (7,795     (17,366

Retained earnings

     5,621,821        5,650,669        6,838,278        6,011,372   

Total equity

     9,661,120        9,686,917        10,870,675        10,034,198   

(Unit: In millions of Won, except for per share data)

 

Description

   For the year ended
December 31, 2012
    For the year ended
December 31, 2011
    For the year ended
December 31, 2010
    For the year ended
December 31, 2009
 

Revenue

     28,672,355        23,471,309        25,004,257        20,119,342   

Operating profit (loss)

     626,478 (1)      (1,051,042 )(2)      1,402,453 (2)      1,084,575 (2) 

Operating profit (loss) from continuing operations

     28,549        (991,032     1,002,648        1,088,814   

Profit (loss) for the period

     28,549        (991,032     1,002,648        1,088,814   

Basic earnings (loss) per share

     80        (2,770     2,802        3,043   

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

     80        (2,770     2,726        3,043   

 

(1) Amendment to K-IFRS No. 1001 Presentation of Financial Statements adopted in the presentation of operating profit. After adoption of the amendment, operating profit or loss is presented as an amount of revenue less cost of sales, selling and administrative expenses and research and development expenses. Prior to the adoption of the amendment, other income and other expenses were included in the presentation of operating profit or loss. For additional information, see Note 2 of the notes to our audited separate financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012 attached hereto.
(2) Reclassified to conform to the presentation for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

30


Table of Contents

C. Consolidated subsidiaries (as of December 31, 2012)

 

Company

   Primary Business     Location      Equity
Interest
 

LG Display America, Inc.

     Sales        U.S.A.         100

LG Display Germany GmbH

     Sales        Germany         100

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd.

     Sales        Japan         100

LG Display Taiwan Co., Ltd.

     Sales        Taiwan         100

LG Display Nanjing Co., Ltd.

     Manufacturing and sales        China         100

LG Display Shanghai Co., Ltd.

     Sales        China         100

LG Display Poland Sp. zo.o.

     Manufacturing and sales        Poland         80

LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd.

     Manufacturing and sales        China         90

LG Display Shenzhen Co., Ltd.

     Sales        China         100

LG Display Singapore Pte. Ltd.

     Sales        Singapore         100

L&T Display Technology (Xiamen) Co., Ltd.

     Manufacturing and sales        China         51

L&T Display Technology (Fujian) Co., Ltd.

     Manufacturing and sales        China         51

LG Display Yantai Co., Ltd.

     Manufacturing and sales        China         100

LG Display (China) Co., Ltd.

     Manufacturing and sales        China         70

L&I Electronic Technology (Dongguan) Limited

     Manufacturing and sales        China         51

Image & Materials, Inc.

     Manufacturing and sales        Korea         100

LUCOM Display Technology (Kunshan) Limited

     Manufacturing and sales        China         51

LG Display U.S.A. Inc.

     Manufacturing and sales        U.S.A.         100

LG Display Reynosa S.A. de C.V.

     Manufacturing        Mexico         100

Nanumnuri Co., Ltd.(1)

     Workplace services (2)      Korea         100

 

(1) Formed as a wholly owned subsidiary in March 2012 in order to comply with Korean legal requirement for employers with 100 or more employees to employ disabled persons. We made a capital contribution of ₩800 million.
(2) Includes workplace services such as janitorial, car washing, gym and cafe services.

 

31


Table of Contents

D. Status of equity investment (as of December 31, 2012)

 

Company

   Investment Amount     Initial Equity
Investment Date
     Equity
Interest
 

LG Display America, Inc.

     US$260,000,000        September 24, 1999         100

LG Display Germany GmbH

     EUR960,000        November 5, 1999         100

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd.

     ¥95,000,000        October 12, 1999         100

LG Display Taiwan Co., Ltd.

     NT$115,500,000        May 19, 2000         100

LG Display Nanjing Co., Ltd.

     CNY2,834,206,315        July 15, 2002         100

LG Display Shanghai Co., Ltd.

     CNY4,138,650        January 16, 2003         100

LG Display Poland Sp. zo.o.

     PLN410,327,700        September 6, 2005         80

LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd.

     CNY895,904,754        August 7, 2006         90

LG Display Shenzhen Co., Ltd.

     CNY3,775,250        August 28, 2007         100

LG Display Singapore Pte. Ltd.

     SGD1,400,000        January 12, 2009         100

L&T Display Technology (Xiamen) Co., Ltd.

     CNY41,785,824        January 5, 2010         51

L&T Display Technology (Fujian) Co., Ltd.

     CNY59,197,026        January 5, 2010         51

LG Display Yantai Co., Ltd.

     CNY525,016,000 (1)      April 19, 2010         100

L&I Electronic Technology (Dongguan) Limited

     CNY17,062,560        October 25, 2010         51

Image & Materials, Inc.

     ₩43,999,839,152        November 29, 2010         100

LUCOM Display Technology (Kunshan) Limited

     CNY50,353,677        December 27, 2010         51

LG Display U.S.A. Inc.

     US$10,920,000        December 8, 2011         100

LG Display Reynosa S.A. de C.V.

     MXN111,998,058        December 30, 2011         100

Nanumnuri Co., Ltd.

     ₩800,000,000        March 19, 2012         100

LG Display (China) Co., Ltd.

     CNY176,361,123        December 27, 2012         70

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd.

     CNY569,455,395        October 7, 2008         51

Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd.

     ₩33,648,000,000        March 25, 2005         40

TLI Co., Ltd.

     ₩14,073,806,250 (2)      May 16, 2008         12

AVACO Co., Ltd.

     ₩6,172,728,120        June 9, 2008         16

Guangzhou New Vision Technology Research and Development Limited

     CNY25,000,000        July 11, 2008         50

NEW OPTICS, Ltd.

     ₩12,199,600,000        July 30, 2008         42

LIG ADP Co., Ltd.

     ₩6,330,000,000        February 24, 2009         13

Wooree E&L Co., Ltd. (formerly Wooree LED Co., Ltd.)

     ₩11,900,000,000 (3)      May 22, 2009         30

Dynamic Solar Design Co., Ltd.

     ₩6,066,658,000        June 24, 2009         40

Global OLED Technology LLC

     US$45,170,000        December 23, 2009         33

LB Gemini New Growth Fund No. 16

     ₩15,487,847,109        December 7, 2009         31

Can Yang Investment Ltd.

     US$15,300,000        January 27, 2010         9

 

32


Table of Contents

Company

   Investment Amount     Initial Equity
Investment Date
     Equity
Interest
 

YAS Co., Ltd.

     ₩10,000,000,000        September 16, 2010         19

Eralite Optoelectronics (Jiangsu) Co., Ltd.

     US$4,000,000        September 28, 2010         20

Narae Nanotech Corporation

     ₩30,000,000,000        April 22, 2011         23

Avatec Co., Ltd.

     ₩10,600,000,000 (4)      December 6, 2011         17

Glonix Co., Ltd.

     ₩2,000,000,000        April 10, 2012         20

 

(1) In October 2012, we invested an additional CNY252 million in LG Display Yantai Co., Ltd.
(2) As of the date of this annual report, our equity interest in TLI Co., Ltd. was diluted to 10.4% after holders of TLI Co., Ltd.’s warrant bonds exercised their right to shares.
(3) As of the date of this annual report, our equity interest in Wooree E&L Co., Ltd. was diluted to 21.5% because we did not subscribe to any of the additional equity interests issued in Wooree E&L Co., Ltd.’s paid-in capital increase in January 2013.
(4) As of the date of this annual report, our equity interest in Avatec Co., Ltd. was diluted to 16.3% because we did not subscribe to any of the additional interests issued in Avatec Co., Ltd.’s paid-in increase in January 2013.

13. Audit Information

A. Audit service

(Unit: In millions of Won, hours)

 

Description

   2012    2011    2010

Auditor

   KPMG Samjong    KPMG Samjong    KPMG Samjong

Activity

   Audit by independent
auditor
   Audit by independent
auditor
   Audit by independent
auditor

Compensation (1)

   850 (285) (2)    850 (285) (2)    850 (585) (3)

Time required

   16,792    16,154    16,646

 

(1) Compensation amount is the contracted amount for the full fiscal year.
(2) Compensation amount in ( ) is for Form 20-F filing and SOX 404 audit.
(3) Compensation amount in ( ) is for K-IFRS audit of 2009 financial statements, Form 20-F filing and SOX 404 audit.

B. Non-audit service

Not applicable.

14. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

A. Risk relating to forward-looking statements

The annual report contains forward-looking statements that are, by their nature, subject to significant risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements reflect our current views as of the date of this report with respect to future events and are not a guarantee of future performance or results. Actual results may differ materially from information contained in the forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors beyond our control. We have no obligation to update or correct the forward-looking statements contained in these materials subsequent to the date hereof. All forward-looking statements attributable to us in this report are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section.

 

33


Table of Contents

B. Overview

Although challenges in our market environment persisted in 2012 as oversupply issues in the display industry and lingering difficulties in the general global economic environment continued to affect our business, we believe we were able to overcome these challenges and achieve the goals we had set for ourselves as we entered 2012. For example, our FPR 3D products increased their share of the global 3D panel market to nearly 50% in 2012. In addition, sales of our AH-IPS panels for use in mobile and tablet computer products increased further in 2012 and our AH-IPS panels allowed us to enter new product markets, such as the automotive display market. Furthermore, we continued to lead the market in high-resolution and large display panels as we acheived the production of our one billionth LCD display panel in October 2012 while continuing to pioneer new products, such as the 84-inch UHD display panel, which we began to mass produce in 2012

We also undertook efforts to prepare for the future and better position ourselves to nimbly respond to future evolution of the industry. In the beginning of 2012, we streamlined our management structure by restructuring our internal organization. In 2012, we also prepared a medium- to long-term strategy and a new vision for our company.

As a result of these efforts, we achieved record highs in quarterly revenue in the second and third quarters of 2012, and were able to record an operating profit of ₩912 billion on a record-breaking annual revenue of ₩29,430 billion.

C. Financial condition and results of operations

(1) Results of operations (Based on consolidated K-IFRS)

In 2012, we maintained our market-leading position in the display industry through a continued shift in our product mix toward increasingly higher proportions of differentiated products, such as our FPR 3D, Blade monitor, Shuriken notebook monitor, smartphone and tablet computer products. For example, the share of our FPR 3D products in the global 3D market increased to nearly 50%, and sales of our smartphone and tablet computer panels continued to grow in 2012. In the large-sized panel market, our products had the largest market share for two years in a row since 2011. Overall, our net display area shipped increased by 17% in 2012 as compared to 2011.

(Unit: In millions of Won)

 

Description

   2012     2011     Changes  

Revenue

     29,429,668        24,291,289        5,138,379   

Cost of sales

     (26,424,756     (23,081,322     (3,343,434

Gross profit

     3,004,912        1,209,967        1,794,945   

Selling expenses

     (813,742     (728,419     (85,323

Administrative expenses

     (493,691     (429,042     (64,649

Research and development expenses

     (785,111     (816,054     30,943   

 

34


Table of Contents

Operating profit (loss)

     912,368        (763,548     1,675,916   

Finance income

     293,172        207,266        85,906   

Finance costs

     (436,696     (363,309     (73,387

Other non-operating income

     1,260,942        1,223,076        37,866   

Other non-operating expenses

     (1,614,040     (1,400,491     (213,549

Equity income on investment, net

     42,779        16,047        26,732   

Profit (loss) before income tax

     458,525        (1,080,959     1,539,484   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     222,180        (293,064     515,244   

Profit (loss) for the period

     236,345        (787,895     1,024,240   

(a) Selected financial ratios

 

Ratios

   Calculation   2012
Ratio
    2011
Ratio
    Percentage
Point Change
 

Current ratio

   (current assets ÷ current liabilities) x 100     96.8     79.3     17.5

Debt to equity ratio

   (total liabilities ÷ total equity) x 100     138.8     148.4     (9.6 )% 

Operating margin

   (results from operating activities ÷ revenue) x 100     3.1     (3.1 )%      6.2

Net margin

   (profit for the period ÷ revenue) x 100     0.8     (3.2 )%      4.0

Return on assets

   (profit for the period ÷ total assets) x 100     1.0     (3.1 )%      4.1

Return on equity

   (profit for the period ÷ total equity) x 100     2.3     (7.8 )%      10.1

Net cash from operating activities to assets ratio

   (net cash from operating activities ÷ total assets) x 100     18.7     14.6     4.1

 

Ratios

  

Calculation

   2012
Ratio
 

Revenue growth

   (current year revenue ÷ prior year revenue) x 100 -1      21.2

Operating profit growth

   (current year results from operating activities ÷ prior year results from operating activities) x 100 -1      Not Applicable   

Net profit growth

   (current year profit ÷ prior year profit) x 100 -1      Not Applicable   

Total assets growth

   (current year end total assets ÷ prior year end total assets) x 100 -1      (2.8 )% 

Asset turnover

   Revenue ÷ ((total assets at beginning of year + total assets at end of year) ÷ 2)      1.2   

 

35


Table of Contents

(b) Revenue and cost of sales

Our cost of sales as a percentage of revenue decreased by 5.2 percentage points from 95.0% in 2011 to 89.8% in 2012 primarily due to our continued efforts to maximize production capacity and minimize loss coupled with increases in sales of our differentiated products, which tend to command higher margins relative to other products in our product mix.

(Unit: In millions of Won, except percentages)

 

Description

   2012     2011     Changes  
       Amount      Percentage  

Revenue

     29,429,668        24,291,289        5,138,379         21.2

Cost of sales

     26,424,756        23,081,322        3,343,434         14.5

Gross profit

     3,004,912        1,209,967        1,794,945         148.3

Cost of sales as a percentage of sales

     89.8     95.0     

(c) Sales by Category

Revenue from sales of panels for televisions as a percentage of total revenue generally decreased in 2012 compared to 2011, but within this category, the proportion of revenue from FPR 3D television panels and other high value-added television panels increased during the same period. Revenue from sales of panels for notebook computers as a percentage of total revenue increased by 2.7 percentage points in 2012 compared to 2011 due in part to increased demand and growth in our customer base for tablet personal computers included in this category of panels Revenue attributable to sales of panels for mobile applications and others as a percentage of total revenue increased by 2.5 percentage points in 2012 compared to 2011 due in part to an increase in demand for smartphones and growth in our customer base for such products.

 

Categories

   2012     2011     Difference  

Panels for televisions

     45.9     47.7     (1.8 )% 

Panels for notebook computers

     23.8     21.1     2.7

Panels for desktop monitors

     17.1     20.5     (3.4 )% 

Panels for mobile applications and others

     13.2     10.7     2.5

(d) Production capacity

Our annual production capacity increased by 2% in 2012 compared to 2011, in large part due to the successful ramp-up of P98.

 

36


Table of Contents

(2) Financial condition (based on consolidated K-IFRS)

Our current assets increased by ₩1,057 billion from ₩7,858 billion as of December 31, 2011 to ₩8,915 billion as of December 31, 2012, and our non-current assets decreased by ₩1,764 billion from ₩17,305 billion as of December 31, 2011 to ₩15,541 billion as of December 31, 2012. Our current liabilities decreased by ₩705 billion from ₩9,911 billion as of December 31, 2011 to ₩9,206 billion as of December 31, 2012, and our non-current liabilities decreased by ₩111 billion from ₩5,120 billion as of December 31, 2011 to ₩5,009 billion as of December 31, 2012. Our total equity increased by ₩109 billion from ₩10,131 billion as of December 31, 2011 to ₩10,240 billion as of December 31, 2012.

(Unit: In millions of Won)

 

Description

   2012     2011      Changes  

Current assets

     8,914,685        7,858,065         1,056,620   

Non-current assets

     15,540,826        17,304,866         (1,764,040

Total assets

     24,455,511        25,162,931         (707,420

Current liabilities

     9,206,158        9,911,434         (705,276

Non-current liabilities

     5,009,173        5,120,469         (111,296

Total liabilities

     14,215,331        15,031,903         (816,572

Share capital

     1,789,079        1,789,079         0   

Share premium

     2,251,113        2,251,113         0   

Reserves

     (69,370     12,181         (81,551

Retained earnings

     6,238,989        6,063,359         175,630   

Non-controlling interest

     30,369        15,296         15,073   

Total equity

     10,240,180        10,131,028         109,152   

Total liabilities and equity

     24,455,511        25,162,931         (707,420

In 2012, we continued our efforts to maximize production capacity and minimize loss and we also commenced mass production at P98 in July 2012, which led to an increase in production capacity. As a result of our increased production levels, our inventory increased by ₩73 billion from December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2012.

Net trade accounts and notes receivable as of December 31, 2012 was ₩3,334 billion, an increase of ₩594 billion from net trade accounts and notes receivable as of December 31, 2011. Trade accounts and notes receivable amounting to ₩1,851 billion (approximately US$1,728 million) and ₩1,631 billion (approximately US$1,414 million) were sold to financial institutions, but are current and outstanding, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The book value of our total tangible assets as of December 31, 2012 was ₩13,108 billion, a decrease of ₩1,589 billion from the book value of our total tangible assets as of December 31, 2011. The decrease was primarily due to an increase in depreciation costs which outpaced increases resulting from investments in production facilities in Korea in the amount of ₩2,318 billion and in overseas facilities in the amount of ₩22 billion.

Trade accounts and notes payable as of December 31, 2012 was ₩4,147 billion, an increase of ₩364 billion from trade accounts and notes payable as of December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to an increase in our purchase of components and raw materials corresponding to an increase in our production levels in 2012.

Other accounts payable as of December 31, 2012 was ₩2,811 billion, a decrease of ₩1,182 billion from other accounts payable as of December 31, 2011. The decrease was primarily due to the repayment of accounts payable relating to P9 after its completion in June 2012.

 

37


Table of Contents

(3) Liquidity and capital resources

In 2012, our net cash from operating activities amounted to ₩4,570 billion, our net cash used in financing activities, including the incurrence of short- and long-term borrowings as well as the issuance of corporate debentures, amounted to ₩48 billion, and our net cash used in investing activities, including the acquisition of tangible assets and our acquisition of investments in equity accounted investees, amounted to ₩3,688 billion.

In 2013, we expect that our capital expenditures on a cash out basis will be no more than ₩4 trillion or, on a delivery basis, between approximately ₩4 trillion and ₩4.5 trillion, primarily to fund the expansion of our OLED and LTPS-based panel production capacities, as well as other expansions and improvements to our existing facilities. Such amount is subject to change depending on business conditions and market environment.

(Unit: In millions of Won)

 

Description

   2012     2011     Changes  

Results (loss) from operating activities

     912,368        (763,548     1,675,916   

Net cash provided by operating activities

     4,569,695        3,665,858        903,837   

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (48,124     (278,249     230,125   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (3,688,185     (3,494,461     (193,724

Cash and cash equivalents at December 31,

     2,338,661        1,517,977        820,684   

15. Board of Directors

A. Members of the board of directors

On March 8, 2013, Joon Park was newly appointed and Tae Shik Ahn was reappointed as outside directors at our annual general meeting of shareholders and William Y. Kim voluntarily resigned as an outside director. As of the date of this annual report, our board of directors are comprised of two non-outside directors, one non-standing director and four outside directors.

(as of the date of this annual report)

 

Name

  

Date of birth

  

Position

  

Experience

   First elected

Sang Beom Han

   June 18, 1955   

Representative

Director (non-outside), Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice President

   Head of LG Display TV Business Division    March 9, 2012

James (Hoyoung) Jeong

   November 2, 1961   

Director (non-outside) and

Chief Financial Officer

   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of LG Electronics    February 29, 2008

Yu Sig Kang

   November 3, 1948    Director (non-standing)    Vice Chairman, Representative Director, LG Corp.    March 11, 2011

Tae Sik Ahn

   March 21, 1956    Outside Director    Professor, School of Business Administration, Seoul National University    March 12, 2010

 

38


Table of Contents
William Y. Kim (1)    June 6, 1956    Outside Director    Partner, Ropes & Gray LLP    February 29, 2008

Jin Jang

   November 28, 1954    Outside Director    Chair Professor, Department of Information Display, Kyung Hee University    March 11, 2011

Dong Il Kwon

   February 5, 1957    Outside Director    Professor, Department of Materials Science and Engineering, Seoul National University    March 9, 2012

 

(1) Although William Y. Kim voluntarily resigned as an outside director on March 8, 2013, he will remain as a member of the board of directors until Joon Park begins his term as an outside director, which is scheduled to begin on March 30, 2013.

B. Committees of the board of directors

As a result of the amendments to our articles of incorporation adopted by our shareholders on March 8, 2013, we currently have the following committees that serve under our board of directors: Audit Committee, Outside Director Nomination Committee and Management Committee.

(as of the date of this annual report)

 

Committee

  

Composition

  

Member

Audit Committee

   3 outside directors    Tae Sik Ahn, William Y. Kim(1), Jin Jang

Outside Director Nomination

  

1 non-outside director and

2 outside directors

   James (Hoyoung) Jeong, Dong Il Kwon, Jin Jang

Management Committee

   2 non-outside directors    Sang Beom Han, James (Hoyoung) Jeong

 

(1) Although William Y. Kim voluntarily resigned as an outside director on March 8, 2013, he will remain as a member of the audit committee until Joon Park begins his term as a member of the audit committee on on March 30, 2013.

C. Independence of directors

 

  - Outside director: Independent

 

  - Non-outside director: Not independent

 

  - Each of our outside directors meets the applicable independence standards set forth under the applicable laws and regulations. Each of our outside directors was nominated by the Outside Director Nomination Committee, was approved by the board of directors and was appointed at the general meeting of shareholders. None of our outside directors has or had any business transaction or any related party transactions with us.

 

39


Table of Contents

16. Information Regarding Shares

A. Total number of shares

(1) Total number of shares authorized to be issued (as of December 31, 2012): 500,000,000 shares.

(2) Total shares issued and outstanding (as of December 31, 2012): 357,815,700 shares.

B. Shareholder list

(1) Largest shareholder and related parties as of December 31, 2012:

 

Name

   Relationship    Number of Shares of Common Stock    Equity Interest

LG Electronics

   Largest
Shareholder
   135,625,000    37.9%

Sang Beom Han

   Related

Party

   930    0.0%

(2) Shareholders who are known to us to own 5% or more of our shares as of December 31, 2012:

 

Beneficial Owner

   Number of Shares of Common Stock    Equity Interest

LG Electronics

   135,625,000    37.9%

National Pension Service

   19,541,368    5.5%

17. Directors and Employees

A. Directors

(1) Remuneration for directors in 2012

(Unit: person, in millions of Won)

 

Classification

  

No. of
directors (1)

    

Amount
paid (2)

   

Per capita average

remuneration paid  (5)

    

Remarks

 

Non-outside directors

     3         3,200 (3)(4)      1,067         —     

Outside directors who are not audit committee members

     1         55        66         —     

Outside directors who are audit committee members

     3         168        56         —     

Total

     7         1,186        —           —     

 

(1) Number of directors as at December 31, 2012.
(2) Amount paid is calculated on the basis of amount of cash actually paid.
(3) Among the non-outside directors, Yu Sig Kang does not receive any remuneration.
(4) Includes remuneration and severance for Young Soo Kwon whose term as CEO ended on March 9, 2012.
(5) Per capita average remuneration paid is calculated by dividing total amount paid by the average number of directors for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

40


Table of Contents

(2) Stock option

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our stock options as of December 31, 2012.

(Unit: Won, Stock)

 

Executive

Officers (including Former

Officers)

   Grant Date      Exercise Period (2)      Exercise
Price
     Number of
Granted
Options
     Number of
Exercised
Options
     Number of
Cancelled
Options (1)
     Number of
Exercisable
Options (1)
 
      From      To                 

Ron H. Wirahadiraksa

     April 7, 2005         April 8, 2008         April 7, 2012       44,050         100,000         0         50,000         50,000   

Duke M. Koo

     April 7, 2005         April 8, 2008         April 7, 2012       44,050         40,000         0         20,000         20,000   

Sang Deog Yeo

     April 7, 2005         April 8, 2008         April 7, 2012       44,050         40,000         0         20,000         20,000   

Jae Geol Ju

     April 7, 2005         April 8, 2008         April 7, 2012       44,050         40,000         0         20,000         20,000   

Total

                 220,000            110,000         110,000   

 

(1) When the increase rate of our share price is the same or less than the increase rate of the Korea Composite Stock Price Index (“KOSPI”) over the three-year period following the grant date, only 50% of the initially granted shares are exercisable. Since the increase rate of our share price was lower than the increase rate of KOSPI during the period from April 7, 2005 to April 7, 2008, only 50% of the 220,000 initially granted shares are exercisable.
(2) On April 7, 2012, all outstanding stock options expired unexercised.

B. Employees

As of December 31, 2012, we had 34,657 employees (excluding our executive officers). The total amount of salary paid to our employees for the year ended December 31, 2012 based on income tax statements submitted to the Korean tax authority in accordance with Article 20 of the Income Tax Act was ₩1,653,773 million. The following table provides details of our employees as of December 31, 2012:

(Unit: person, in millions of Won, year)

 

     Number of
Employees (1)
     Total Salary in 2012  (2) (3) (4)      Per Capita
Salary (5)
     Average Years of
Service
 

Male

     23,978         1,258,255         52         5.3   

Female

     10,679         395,518         37         3.4   

Total

     34,657         1,653,773         47         4.7   

 

(1) Includes part-time employees.
(2) Welfare benefits and retirement expenses have been excluded. Total welfare benefit provided to our employees for the year ended December 31, 2012 was ₩317,272 million and the per capita welfare benefit provided was ₩9.1 million.
(3) Based on income tax statements, which are submitted to the Korean tax authority in accordance with Article 20 of the Income Tax Act.
(4) Includes incentive payments to employees who have transferred from our affiliated companies.
(5) Per Capita Salary is calculated using the average number of employees (male: 24,178, female: 10,658) for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

41


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

(With Independent Auditors’ Report Thereon)

 

42


Table of Contents

Contents

 

     Page  

Independent Auditors’ Report

     44   

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

     46   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

     47   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

     48   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     49   

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     51   

 

43


Table of Contents

Independent Auditors’ Report

Based on a report originally issued in Korean

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders

LG Display Co., Ltd.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of LG Display Co., Ltd and subsidiaries (the “Group”) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), changes in equity and cash flows for the years then ended. Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with Korean International Financial Reporting Standards. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the Republic of Korea. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Group as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and its financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the years then ended, in accordance with Korean International Financial Reporting Standards (“K-IFRS”).

Without qualifying our opinion, we draw attention to the following:

The procedures and practices utilized in the Republic of Korea to audit such consolidated financial statements may differ from those generally accepted and applied in other countries. Accordingly, this report is for use by those knowledgeable about Korean auditing standards and their application in practice.

As discussed in note 20 to the consolidated financial statements, the Group has been or is under investigations by antitrust authorities in several countries with respect to possible anti-competitive activities in the Liquid Crystal Display (“LCD”) industry and named as defendants in a number of individual lawsuits and class actions in the United States and Canada, respectively, in connection with alleged antitrust violations concerning the sale of LCD panels. The Group estimated and recognized losses related to these investigations and alleged violations. However, actual losses are subject to change in the future based on new developments in each matter, or changes in circumstances, which could be materially different from those estimated and recognized by the Group.

As discussed in note 2 (e) to the consolidated financial statements, the Group adopted the amendment to K-IFRS No. 1001, Presentation of Financial Statements, and presented operating profit or loss as an amount of revenue less cost of sales, selling and administrative expense, and research and development expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended December 3 1, 2012. The Group applied this change in accounting policies retrospectively, and accordingly restated the comparative consolidated statement of comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

44


Table of Contents

/s/ KPMG Samjong Accounting Corp.

Seoul, Korea

February 15, 2013

 

This report is effective as of February 15, 2013, the audit report date. Certain subsequent events or circumstances, which may occur between the audit report date and the time of reading this report, could have a material impact on the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. Accordingly, the readers of the audit report should understand that the above audit report has not been updated to reflect the impact of such subsequent events or circumstances, if any.

 

45


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011

 

(In millions of won)    Note    December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  

Assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   6, 13    2,338,661       1,517,977  

Deposits in banks

   6, 13      315,092       815,000  

Trade accounts and notes receivable, net

   7, 13, 19, 22      3,334,341       2,740,107  

Other accounts receivable, net

   7, 13      199,007       212,870  

Other current financial assets

   9, 13      3,828       3,297  

Inventories

   8      2,390,007       2,317,370  

Prepaid income taxes

        8,483       8,522  

Other current assets

   7      325,266       242,922  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

        8,914,685       7,858,065  

Investments in equity accounted investees

   10      402,158       385,145  

Other non-current financial assets

   9, 13      86,432       84,548  

Deferred tax assets

   29      1,294,813       1,424,005  

Property, plant and equipment, net

   11, 23      13,107,511       14,696,849  

Intangible assets, net

   12, 23      497,602       535,114  

Other non-current assets

   7      152,310       179,205  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

        15,540,826       17,304,866  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

      24,455,511       25,162,931  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

       

Trade accounts and notes payable

   13, 22    4,147,036       3,782,627  

Current financial liabilities

   13, 14      1,015,272       894,972  

Other accounts payable

   13      2,811,161       3,992,671  

Accrued expenses

        412,055       267,595  

Income tax payable

        56,521       58,259  

Provisions

   18      250,984       279,403  

Advances received

        485,468       616,351  

Other current liabilities

   18      27,661       19,556  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

        9,206,158       9,911,434  

Non-current financial liabilities

   13, 14      3,440,585       3,722,364  

Non-current provisions

   18      6,515       5,400  

Deferred tax liabilities

   29      —         240  

Employee benefits

   17      180,640       146,638  

Long-term advances received

   19      1,049,678       668,914  

Other non-current liabilities

   18      331,755       576,913  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

        5,009,173       5,120,469  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        14,215,331       15,031,903  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity

       

Share capital

   21      1,789,079       1,789,079  

Share premium

        2,251,113       2,251,113  

Reserves

   21      (69,370 )     12,181  

Retained earnings

        6,238,989       6,063,359  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity attributable to equity holders of the Company

        10,209,811       10,115,732  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests

        30,369       15,296  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

        10,240,180       10,131,028  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

      24,455,511       25,162,931  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

46


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

 

(In millions of won, except earnings per share)    Note    2012     2011  

Revenue

   22, 23, 24    29,429,668       24,291,289  

Cost of sales

   8, 22      (26,424,756 )     (23,081,322 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

        3,004,912       1,209,967  

Selling expenses

   16      (813,742 )     (728,419 )

Administrative expenses

   16      (493,691 )     (429,042 )

Research and development expenses

        (785,111 )     (816,054 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit (loss)

        912,368       (763,548 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance income

   27      293,172       207,266  

Finance costs

   27      (436,696 )     (363,309 )

Other non-operating income

   25      1,260,942       1,223,076  

Other non-operating expenses

   25      (1,614,040 )     (1,400,491 )

Equity income on investments, net

        42,779       16,047  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) before income tax

        458,525       (1,080,959 )

Income tax expense (benefit)

   28      222,180       (293,064 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) for the year

        236,345       (787,895 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

       

Net change in unrealized fair value of available-for-sale financial assets

   27,28      4,764       2,700  

Defined benefit plan actuarial losses

   17,28      (75,899 )     (23,732 )

Cumulative translation differences

   27,28      (86,320 )     47,443  

Loss on sales of own shares of associates accounted for using the equity method

   28      (48 )     (214 )

Income tax benefit on other comprehensive income items

   28      17,282       4,958  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) for the year, net of income tax

        (140,221 )     31,155  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year

      96,124       (756,740 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) attributable to:

       

Owners of the Controlling Company

      233,204       (771,223 )

Non-controlling interests

        3,141       (16,672 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) for the year

      236,345       (787,895 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to:

       

Owners of the Controlling Company

      94,079       (741,417 )

Non-controlling interests

        2,045       (15,323 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year

      96,124       (756,740 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share

       

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share

   30    652       (2,155 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

47


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

 

    Attributable to owners of the Controlling Company              
                Cumulative                                
                net gain on                                
    Share     Share     sales of own shares     Translation     Fair value     Retained     Non-controlling     Total  
(In millions of won)   capital     premium     of associates     reserve     reserve     earnings     interest     equity  

Balances at January 1, 2011

  1,789,079       2,251,113       810       (30,548 )     (5,560 )     7,031,163       24,910       11,060,967  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year

               

Loss for the year

    —         —         —         —         —         (771,223 )     (16,672 )     (787,895 )

Other comprehensive income (loss)

               

Net change in fair value of available-for-sale financial assets, net of tax

    —         —         —         —         1,704       —         —         1,704  

Cumulative translation differences, net of tax

    —         —         —         45,989       —         —         1,349       47,338  

Defined benefit plan actuarial loss, net of tax

    —         —         —         —         —         (17,673 )     —         (17,673 )

Loss on sales of own shares of associates accounted for using the equity method, net of tax

    —         —         (214 )     —         —         —         —         (214 )
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

    —         —         (214 )     45,989       1,704       (17,673 )     1,349       31,155  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year

  —         —         (214 )     45,989       1,704       (788,896 )     (15,323 )     (756,740 )
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transaction with owners, recognized directly in equity

               

Dividends to equity holders

    —         —         —         —         —         (178,908 )     —         (178,908 )

Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries

    —         —         —         —         —         —         5,709       5,709  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2011

  1,789,079       2,251,113       596       15,441       (3,856 )     6,063,359       15,296       10,131,028  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at January 1, 2012

  1,789,079       2,251,113       596       15,441       (3,856 )     6,063,359       15,296       10,131,028  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year

               

Income for the year

    —         —         —         —         —         233,204       3,141       236,345  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

               

Net change in fair value of available-for-sale financial assets, net of tax

    —         —         —         —         3,790       —          —          3,790  

Cumulative translation differences, net of tax

    —         —         —         (85,293 )     —         —          (1,096 )     (86,389 )

Defined benefit plan actuarial loss, net of tax

    —         —         —         —         —         (57,574 )     —          (57,574 )

Loss on sales of own shares of associates accounted for using the equity method, net of tax

    —         —         (48 )     —         —         —          —          (48 )
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

    —         —         (48 )     (85,293 )     3,790       (57,574 )     (1,096 )     (140,221 )
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year

  —         —         (48 )     (85,293 )     3,790       175,630       2,045       96,124  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transaction with owners, recognized directly in equity

               

Incorporation of subsidiaries

    —         —         —         —         —         —         13,028       13,028  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2012

  1,789,079       2,251,113       548       (69,852 )     (66 )     6,238,989       30,369       10,240,180  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

48


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

 

(In millions of won)    Note    2012     2011  

Cash flows from operating activities:

       

Profit (loss) for the year

      236,345       (787,895 )

Adjustments for:

       

Income tax expense (benefit)

   28      222,180       (293,064 )

Depreciation

   11, 15      4,196,487       3,413,450  

Amortization of intangible assets

   12, 15      272,925       237,996  

Gain on foreign currency translation

        (234,912 )     (85,804 )

Loss on foreign currency translation

        73,391       132,295  

Retirement allowance

   17, 26      138,879       113,970  

Reversal of stock compensation expense

   16      (3 )     (469 )

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

        (5,925 )     (740 )

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

        3,728       862  

Impairment loss on property, plant and equipment

        —         3,589  

Loss on disposal of intangible assets

        704       1,588  

Impairment loss on intangible assets

        40,012       5,574  

Finance income

        (133,711 )     (59,542 )

Finance costs

        209,104       238,737  

Equity in income of equity method accounted investees, net

   10      (42,779 )     (16,047 )

Other non-operating income

        (8,232 )     (19,122 )

Other non-operating expense

        560,458       210,008  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        5,292,306       3,883,281  

Change in trade accounts and notes receivable

        (1,456,943 )     296,691  

Change in other accounts receivable

        15,515       (90,398 )

Change in other current assets

        (46,216 )     11,010  

Change in inventories

        (72,637 )     (102,153 )

Change in other non-current assets

        (47,872 )     (39,796 )

Change in trade accounts and notes payable

        440,883       792,128  

Change in other accounts payable

        (292,443 )     97,686  

Change in accrued expenses

        158,698       (158,640 )

Change in other current liabilities

        359,132       (5,384 )

Change in long-term advance received

        789,670       281,975  

Change in other non-current liabilities

        2,453       13,770  

Change in provisions

        (390,974 )     (208,390 )

Change in defined benefit liabilities

        (180,599 )     (69,727 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        (721,333 )     818,772  

Cash generated from operating activities

        4,807,318       3,914,158  

Income taxes paid

        (77,643 )     (162,266 )

Interest received

        33,302       65,600  

Interest paid

        (193,282 )     (151,634 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash from operating activities

      4,569,695       3,665,858  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

49


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, Continued

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

 

(In millions of won)    2012     2011  

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Dividends received

   686       6,130  

Proceeds from withdrawal of deposits in banks

     913,500       2,401,500  

Increase in deposits in banks

     (413,512 )     (1,713,500 )

Acquisition of investments in equity accounted investees

     (6,599 )     (53,226 )

Proceeds from disposal of investments in equity accounted investees

     3,938       2,045  

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment

     (3,972,479 )     (4,063,070 )

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

     58,846       643  

Acquisition of intangible assets

     (285,888 )     (215,286 )

Grants received

     3,962       1,605  

Proceeds from settement of derivatives

     742       23,784  

Increase in short-term loans

     (10 )     —    

Proceeds from collection of short-term loans

     —         92  

Acquisition of other non-current financial assets

     (55,276 )     (59,444 )

Proceeds from disposal of other non-current financial assets

     63,905       174,266  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (3,688,185 )     (3,494,461 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from short-term borrowings

     3,455,548       1,292,804  

Repayments of short-term borrowings

     (3,441,632 )     (2,483,997 )

Proceeds from issuance of debentures

     298,783       1,145,209  

Proceeds from long-term debt

     494,000       941,921  

Repayments of current portion of long-term debt

     (867,851 )     (1,000,987 )

Increase in non-controlling interest

     13,028       5,709  

Payment of cash dividend

     —         (178,908 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (48,124 )     (278,249 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     833,386       (106,852 )

Cash and cash equivalents at January 1

     1,517,977       1,631,009  

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash held

     (12,702 )     (6,180 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at December 31

   2,338,661       1,517,977  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

50


Table of Contents

 

    

 

1. Reporting Entity

 

  (a) Description of the Controlling Company

LG Display Co., Ltd. (the “Controlling Company”) was incorporated in February 1985 under its original name of LG Soft, Ltd. as a wholly owned subsidiary of LG Electronics Inc. In 1998, LG Electronics Inc. and LG Semicon Co., Ltd. transferred their respective Thin Film Transistor Liquid Crystal Display (“TFT-LCD”) related business to the Controlling Company. The main business of the Controlling Company and its subsidiaries is to manufacture and sell TFT-LCD panels. The Controlling Company is a stock company (“Jusikhoesa”) domiciled in the Republic of Korea with its address at 128, Yeouidae-ro, Yeongdeungpo-gu, Seoul, the Republic of Korea. In July 1999, LG Electronics Inc. and Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. (“Philips”) entered into a joint venture agreement. Pursuant to the agreement, the Controlling Company changed its name to LG.Philips LCD Co., Ltd. However, on February 29, 2008, the Controlling Company changed its name to LG Display Co., Ltd. based upon the approval of shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting on the same date as a result of the decrease in Philips’s share interest in the Controlling Company and the possibility of its business expansion to Organic Light Emitting Diode (“OLED”) and Flexible Display products. As of December 31, 2012, LG Electronics Inc. owns 37.9% (135,625,000 shares) of the Controlling Company’s common shares.

As of December 31, 2012, the Controlling Company has TFT-LCD manufacturing plants, an OLED manufacturing plant and an LCD Research & Development Center in Paju and TFT-LCD manufacturing plants in Gumi. The Controlling Company has overseas subsidiaries located in North America, Europe and Asia.

The Controlling Company’s common stock is listed on the Korea Exchange under the identifying code 034220. As of December 31, 2012, there are 357,815,700 shares of common stock outstanding. The Controlling Company’s common stock is also listed on the New York Stock Exchange in the form of American Depository Shares (“ADSs”) under the symbol “LPL.” One ADS represents one-half of one share of common stock. As of December 31, 2012, there are 21,853,986 ADSs outstanding.

 

51


Table of Contents
1. Reporting Entity, Continued

 

  (b) Consolidated Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012

 

(In millions)                              

Subsidiaries

  

Location

  

Percentage
of ownership

  

Fiscal year end

  

Date of
incorporation

  

Business

  

Capital stocks

LG Display America, Inc. (*1)

  

California,

U.S.A.

   100%    December 31    September 24, 1999    Sell TFT-LCD products    USD 260

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd.

  

Tokyo,

Japan

   100%    December 31    October 12,
1999
  

Sell TFT-LCD

Products

   JPY 95

LG Display Germany GmbH

  

Dusseldorf,

Germany

   100%    December 31    November 5, 1999    Sell TFT-LCD products    EUR 1

LG Display Taiwan Co., Ltd.

  

Taipei,

Taiwan

   100%    December 31   

April 12,

1999

   Sell TFT-LCD products    NTD 116

LG Display Nanjing Co., Ltd. (*2)

  

Nanjing,

China

   100%    December 31   

July 15,

2002

   Manufacture and sell TFT-LCD products    CNY 2,834

LG Display Shanghai Co., Ltd.

  

Shanghai,

China

   100%    December 31    January 16,
2003
   Sell TFT-LCD products    CNY 4

LG Display Poland Sp. zo. o. (*3)

  

Wroclaw,

Poland

   80%    December 31   

September 6,

2005

   Manufacture and sell TFT-LCD products    PLN 511

LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd. (*4)

  

Guangzhou,

China

   90%    December 31   

June 30,

2006

   Manufacture and sell TFT-LCD products    CNY 992

LG Display Shenzhen Co., Ltd.

  

Shenzhen,

China

   100%    December 31   

August 28,

2007

   Sell TFT-LCD products    CNY 4

LG Display Singapore Pte. Ltd.

   Singapore    100%    December 31   

January 12,

2009

   Sell TFT-LCD products    SGD 1.4

L&T Display Technology (Xiamen) Limited

  

Xiamen,

China

   51%    December 31   

January 5,

2010

   Manufacture LCD module and TV sets    CNY 82

L&T Display Technology (Fujian) Limited

  

Fujian,

China

   51%    December 31   

January 5,

2010

   Manufacture LCD module and monitor sets    CNY 116

LG Display Yantai Co., Ltd. (*5)

  

Yantai,

China

   100%    December 31   

April 19,

2010

   Manufacture and sell TFT-LCD products    CNY 525

L&I Electronic Technology (Dongguan) Limited

  

Dongguan,

China

   51%    December 31   

September 26,

2010

   Manufacture and sell e-Book devices    CNY 33

Image&Materials, Inc. (*6)

   Domestic    100%    December 31   

May 17,

2006

   Manufacture EPD materials    KRW 1,008

LUCOM Display Technology (Kunshan) Limited

  

Kunshan,

China

   51%    December 31   

December 15,

2010

   Manufacture notebook borderless hinge-up    CNY 99

 

52


Table of Contents
1. Reporting Entity, Continued

 

  (b) Consolidated Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012, Continued

 

(In millions)                              

Subsidiaries

  

Location

  

Percentage
of ownership

  

Fiscal year end

  

Date of
incorporation

  

Business

  

Capital stocks

LG Display U.S.A., Inc.

   Texas, U.S.A.    100%    December 31   

October 26,

2011

   Manufacture TFT-LCD products    USD 11

LG Display Reynosa S.A. de C.V.

  

Reynosa,

Mexico

   100%    December 31   

November 4,

2011

   Manufacture TFT-LCD products    MXN 112

Nanumnuri Co., Ltd. (*7)

   Domestic    100%    December 31   

March 21,

2012

   Janitorial services    KRW 800

LG Display China Co., Ltd. (*8)

  

Guangzhou,

China

   70%    December 31   

December 10,

2012

   Manufacture and sell TFT-LCD products    CNY 252

 

(*1) In June 2012, the Controlling Company contributed ₩ 88,380 million in cash for the capital increase of LG Display America, Inc. (“LGDUS”). There were no changes in the Controlling Company’s ownership percentage in LGDUS as a result of this additional investment.
(*2) In May 2012, the Controlling Company invested ₩ 52,358 million in cash for the capital increase of LG Display Nanjing Co., Ltd. (“LGDNJ”). There were no changes in the Controlling Company’s ownership percentage in LGDNJ as a result of this additional investment.
(*3) Toshiba Corporation (“Toshiba”) acquired 20% of LG Display Poland Sp. zo.o. (“LGDWR”) in December 2007 through a stock purchase agreement. With the acquisition of the 20% interest, Toshiba and the Controlling Company and LGDWR entered into a derivative contract with LGDWR’s equity shares as its underlying assets. According to the contract, the Controlling Company or LGDWR has a call option to buy Toshiba’s 20% interest in LGDWR and Toshiba has a put option to sell its 20% interest in LGDWR to the Controlling Company or LGDWR under the same terms: the exercise price of the call is equal to the price of the put option which is the total amount of Toshiba’s investment at cost. The call and put options are exercisable after five years from the date of acquisition and on each anniversary thereafter with no stated expiration date in whole or in part. Toshiba’s investment in LGDWR is regarded as financing due to the options and recorded as other accounts payable in the consolidated statement of financial position of LG Display Co., Ltd. and its subsidiaries (the “Group”). Accordingly, LGDWR is consolidated as a wholly owned subsidiary in the consolidated financial statements.
(*4) Skyworth TV Holdings Limited (“Skyworth”) acquired a 16% equity interest in LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd. (“LGDGZ”) in June 2008. With the acquisition of the 16% interest in June 2008 (which was reduced to 10% at December 31, 2009 with the additional investment in LGDGZ by the Controlling Company), Skyworth and the Controlling Company entered into a derivative contract with LGDGZ’s equity interest as its underlying assets. According to the contract, the Controlling Company has a call option to buy Skyworth’s interest in LGDGZ and Skyworth has a put option to sell its interest in LGDGZ to LG Display Co., Ltd. under the same terms: the exercise price of the call is equal to the price of the put option which is the total amount of Skyworth’s investment at cost. The call and put options are exercisable after five years from the date of acquisition with no stated expiration date in whole or in part. Skyworth’s investment in LGDGZ is regarded as financing due to the options and recorded as other accounts payable in the consolidated statement of financial position of the Group. Accordingly, LGDGZ is consolidated as a wholly owned subsidiary in the consolidated financial statements.

 

53


Table of Contents
1. Reporting Entity, Continued

 

  (b) Consolidated Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012, Continued

 

(*5) In October 2012, the Controlling Company contributed ₩ 43,860 million in cash for the capital increase of LG Display Yantai Co., Ltd. (“LGDYT”). There were no changes in the Controlling Company’s ownership percentage in LGDYT as a result of this additional investment.
(*6) In February 2012, the Controlling Company contributed ₩ 3,000 million in cash for the capital increase of Image & Materials, Inc. (“I&M”). There were no changes in the Controlling Company’s ownership percentage in I&M as a result of this additional investment.
(*7) In March 2012, the Controlling Company established Nanumnuri Co., Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Controlling Company founded as a Standard Workplace for the Disabled under the Act on Employment Promotion and Vocational Rehabilitation for Disabled Persons, with an investment of ₩ 800 million in cash.
(*8) The Controlling Company entered into an agreement with Shenzhen SKYWORTH-RGB Electronics Co., Ltd. and Guangzhou GET Technologies Development Co., Ltd. to manufacture and sell TFT-LCD products and incorporated LG Display China Co., Ltd. in Guangzhou, China. The Controlling Company invested ₩ 30,399 million in cash for a 70% controlling equity interest in LG Display China Co., Ltd.

 

54


Table of Contents
1. Reporting Entity, Continued

 

  (c) Summary of financial information of subsidiaries at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   December 31, 2012     2012  

Company

  Total
assets
    Total
liabilities
    Total
shareholders’
equity
(deficit)
    Sales     Net
income

(loss)
 

LG Display America, Inc.

      1,818,414        1,949,396        (130,982     9,236,622        (4,645

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd.

    207,085        186,744        20,341        1,401,933        2,247   

LG Display Germany GmbH

    615,325        590,165        25,160        4,387,621        5,154   

LG Display Taiwan Co., Ltd.

    319,808        280,343        39,465        2,687,636        3,113   

LG Display Nanjing Co., Ltd.

    621,923        76,907        545,016        559,706        43,962   

LG Display Shanghai Co., Ltd.

    990,912        962,109        28,803        3,694,307        7,739   

LG Display Poland Sp. zo.o.

    247,017        69,111        177,906        89,911        872   

LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd.

    2,193,321        1,567,033        626,288        2,751,526        159,042   

LG Display Shenzhen Co., Ltd.

    354,416        342,778        11,638        2,570,699        1,449   

LG Display Singapore Pte. Ltd.

    526,439        519,087        7,352        1,305,073        2,916   

L&T Display Technology (Xiamen) Limited

    37,423        42,888        (5,465     9,211        5,198   

L&T Display Technology (Fujian) Limited

    255,465        218,245        37,220        1,001,003        10,033   

LG Display Yantai Co., Ltd.

    668,923        542,201        126,722        458,250        32,084   

L&I Electronic Technology (Dongguan) Limited

    342        6,318        (5,976     2,810        (6,428

Image&Materials, Inc.

    3,765        9,092        (5,327     66        (11,287

LUCOM Display Technology (Kunshan) Limited

    46,229        36,417        9,812        109,358        (2,268

LG Display U.S.A., Inc.(*)

    50,503        36,907        13,596        135,470        1,294   

Nanumnuri Co., Ltd.

    1,135        537        598        2,720        (202

LG Display China Co., Ltd.

    93,684        50,590        43,094        —          (204
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  9,052,129        7,486,868        1,565,261        30,403,922        250,069   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*) The financial information of LG Display U.S.A., Inc. includes the financial information of LG Display Reynosa S.A. de C.V.

 

55


Table of Contents
1. Reporting Entity, Continued

 

(In millions of won)   December 31, 2011     2011  

Company

  Total
assets
    Total
liabilities
    Total
shareholders’
equity
(deficit)
    Sales     Net
income

(loss)
 

LG Display America, Inc.

  875,539        1,098,035        (222,496     5,788,697        3,267   

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd.

    175,612        153,762        21,850        1,965,315        1,369   

LG Display Germany GmbH

    781,216        759,743        21,473        3,475,842        3,522   

LG Display Taiwan Co., Ltd.

    879,023        842,467        36,556        2,893,775        2,286   

LG Display Nanjing Co., Ltd.

    646,161        109,681        536,480        569,760        42,328   

LG Display Shanghai Co., Ltd.

    863,155        840,581        22,574        3,428,814        6,379   

LG Display Poland Sp. zo.o.

    276,114        104,506        171,608        117,584        16,822   

LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd.

    1,412,071        909,711        502,360        2,736,682        150,105   

LG Display Shenzhen Co., Ltd.

    168,196        157,321        10,875        2,072,182        2,973   

LG Display Singapore Pte. Ltd.

    551,109        546,541        4,568        1,146,402        (2,282

L&T Display Technology (Xiamen) Limited

    106,834        117,739        (10,905     336,436        (31,862

L&T Display Technology (Fujian) Limited

    246,600        217,370        29,230        712,435        7,507   

LG Display Yantai Co., Ltd.

    439,909        384,526        55,383        328,476        6,493   

L&I Electronic Technology (Dongguan) Limited

    8,094        7,918        176        7,350        (4,689

Image&Materials, Inc.

    13,512        10,551        2,961        210        (1,086

LUCOM Display Technology (Kunshan) Limited

    41,934        29,221        12,713        30,035        (4,981

LG Display U.S.A., Inc.(*)

    12,686        —          12,686        —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      7,497,765        6,289,673        1,208,092        25,609,995        198,151   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*) The financial information of LG Display U.S.A., Inc. includes the financial information of LG Display Reynosa S.A. de C.V.

 

56


Table of Contents
1. Reporting Entity, Continued

 

  (d) Associates and Jointly Controlled Entities (Equity Method Investees) as of December 31, 2012

 

(In millions of won)                                

Associates and jointly

controlled entities

  

Location

  

Percentage
of ownership

  

Fiscal year end

  

Date of
incorporation

  

Business

   Carrying
amount
 

Suzhou Raken Technology Ltd.

  

Suzhou,

China

   51%    December 31   

October

2008

   Manufacture and sell LCD modules and LCD TV sets      ₩128,751   

Guangzhou New Vision Technology Research and Development Limited

  

Guangzhou,

China

   50%    December 31   

July

2008

   R&D on design of LCD modules and LCD TV sets      3,596   

Global OLED Technology LLC

  

Virginia,

U.S.A

   33%    December 31   

December

2009

   Managing and licensing OLED patents      36,164   

Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd.

   Domestic    40%    December 31   

January

2005

   Manufacture electric glass for FPDs      82,855   

TLI Inc.

   Domestic    12%    December 31   

October

1998

   Manufacture and sell semiconductor parts      6,961   

AVACO Co., Ltd.

   Domestic    16%    December 31   

January

2001

   Manufacture and sell equipment for FPDs      10,964   

New Optics LTD.

   Domestic    42%    December 31   

August

2005

   Manufacture back light parts for TFT-LCDs      25,064   

LIG ADP Co., Ltd.

   Domestic    13%    December 31   

January

2001

   Develop and manufacture the equipment for FPDs      1,730   

WooRee E&L Co., Ltd. (formerly, WooRee LED Co., Ltd.)

   Domestic    30%    December 31   

June

2008

   Manufacture LED back light unit packages      23,549   

Dynamic Solar Design Co., Ltd.

   Domestic    40%    December 31   

April

2009

   Develop and manufacture equipment for solar battery and FPDs      69   

LB Gemini New Growth Fund No. 16

   Domestic    31%    December 31   

December

2009

   Invest in small and middle sized companies and benefit from M&A opportunities      13,680   

Can Yang Investments Limited

   Hong Kong    9%    December 31   

January

2010

   Develop and manufacture and sell LED parts      13,856   

 

57


Table of Contents
1. Reporting Entity, Continued

 

(In millions of won)                               

Associates and jointly

controlled entities

   Location    Percentage
of ownership
  Fiscal year end    Date of
incorporation
   Business    Carrying
amount
 

YAS Co., Ltd.

   Domestic    19%   December 31    April

2002

   Develop and
manufacture
deposition
equipment for
OLEDs
   9,409   

Eralite Optoelectronics (Jiangsu) Co., Ltd.

   Suzhou, China    20%   December 31    August

2010

   Manufacture
LED Packages
     3,449   

Narenanotech Corporation

   Domestic    23%   December 31    December

1995

   Manufacture
and sell FPD
manufacturing
equipment
     26,448   

Avatec. Co., Ltd.

   Domestic    17%   December 31    August

2000

   Manufacture
and sell glass
for FPDs
     14,685   

Glonix Co., Ltd.

   Domestic    20%   December 31    October

2006

   Manufacture
and sell LCD
     928   
                

 

 

 
                 402,158   
                

 

 

 

 

2. Basis of Presenting Financial Statements

 

  (a) Statement of Compliance

In accordance with the Act on External Audits of Stock Companies, these consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Korean International Financial Reporting Standards (“K-IFRS”).

The consolidated financial statements were authorized for issuance by the Board of Directors on January 24, 2013, which will be submitted for approval to the shareholders’ meeting to be held on March 8, 2013.

 

  (b) Basis of Measurement

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following material items in the consolidated statements of financial position:

 

   

derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value,

 

   

financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value,

 

   

available-for-sale financial assets are measured at fair value,

 

   

liabilities for cash-settled share-based payment arrangements are measured at fair value, and

 

   

liabilities for defined benefit plans are recognized as the present value of defined benefit obligations less the fair value of plan assets

 

  (c) Functional and Presentation Currency

The consolidated financial statements are presented in Korean won, which is the Controlling Company’s functional currency. All amounts in Korean won are in millions unless otherwise stated.

 

58


Table of Contents

 

2. Basis of Presenting Financial Statements, Continued

 

  (d) Use of Estimates and Judgments

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with K-IFRSs requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.

Information about critical judgments in applying accounting policies that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements is included in the following notes:

 

   

Classification of financial instruments (note 3(d))

 

   

Estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment (note 3.(e))

Information about assumptions and estimation uncertainties that have a significant risk of resulting in a material adjustment within the next 12 months is included in the following notes:

 

   

Recognition and measurement of provisions (note 3(j) and 20)

 

   

Net realizable value of inventories (note 8)

 

   

Measurement of defined benefit obligations (note 17)

 

   

Deferred tax assets and liabilities (note 29)

 

  (e) Changes in accounting policies

(i) Disclosures of Financial Instruments

The Group has applied the amendments to K-IFRS No. 1107, Financial Instruments: Disclosures, for the year ended December 31, 2012 by prospectively disclosing the nature of transferred assets, their carrying amount, and the description of risks and rewards for each class of transferred financial assets that are derecognized in their entirety. When the Group derecognizes transferred financial assets but still has continuing involvement in the transferred financial assets, the nature of, and risks associated with, the Group’s continuing involvement in derecognized financial assets shall be additionally disclosed.

(ii) Presentation of Operating Profit or Loss in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

The Group has adopted the amendment to K-IFRS No. 1001, Presentation of Financial Statements, and has presented operating profit or loss as an amount of revenue less cost of sales and selling and administrative expense including research and development expenses on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2012. Before the adoption of the amendment, the Group presented operating profit or loss as an amount of revenue plus other income less cost of sales, selling and administrative expenses, research and development expenses and other expenses.

 

59


Table of Contents

 

2. Basis of Presenting Financial Statements, Continued

 

  (e) Changes in accounting policies, Continued

The Group has applied the amendment retrospectively, and accordingly restated the comparative consolidated statement of comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2011. The impact upon adoption of the amendment is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)    2012     2011  

Operating profit (loss) before adoption of the amendment

       574,557        (924,336

Deductions:

    

Rental income

     (7,253     (6,325

Foreign currency gain

     (1,228,847     (1,190,793

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

     (5,925     (740

Reversal of allowance for doubtful accounts for other receivables

     (521     —     

Commission earned

     (3,867     (8,630

Others

     (14,457     (16,588
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (1,260,870     (1,223,076
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions:

    

Other bad debt expense

     9        849   

Foreign currency loss

     1,095,280        1,220,143   

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

     3,728        862   

Impairment loss on property, plant and equipment

     —          3,589   

Loss on disposal of intangible assets

     704        1,588   

Impairment loss on intangible assets

     40,012        5,574   

Expenses related to legal proceedings or claims and others

     458,948        151,259   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,598,681        1,383,864   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit (loss) after adoption of the amendment

       912,368        (763,548
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

60


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The significant accounting policies followed by the Group in preparation of its consolidated financial statements are as follows:

 

  (a) Consolidation

(i) Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are those entities controlled by the Controlling Company or its subsidiaries, where control is the power to govern the financial and operating policies of the entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases. Each item of profit and loss and other reserves is allocated to the owners of the parent and non-controlling interests. Losses applicable to the non-controlling interests in a subsidiary are allocated to the non-controlling interests even if doing so causes the non-controlling interests to have a deficit balance.

(ii) Associates and jointly controlled entities (equity method investees)

Associates are those entities over which the Group has significant influence over the financial and operating policies, but not control. Significant influence is presumed to exist when the Group holds between 20 and 50 percent of the voting power of another entity.

A jointly controlled entity is an entity that the Group has joint control over and whose activities are established by a contractual arrangement that requires unanimous consent for strategic financial and operating decisions.

Investments in associates and jointly controlled entities are initially recognized at cost and subsequently accounted for using the equity method of accounting. The carrying amount of investments in associates and jointly controlled entities is increased or decreased to recognize the Group’s share of the profits or losses and changes in the Group’s proportionate interest of the investee after the date of acquisition. Distributions received from an investee reduce the carrying amount of the investment. Unrealized gains on transactions between the Group and associates and jointly controlled entities are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associates and jointly controlled entities. Unrealized losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.

If an associate or jointly controlled entity uses accounting policies different from those of the Controlling Company for like transactions and events in similar circumstances, appropriate adjustments are made to the consolidated financial statements. As of and during the periods presented in the consolidated financial statements, no adjustments were made in applying the equity method.

When the Group’s share of losses exceeds its interest in an equity accounted investee, the carrying amount of that interest, including any long-term investments, is reduced to nil, and the recognition of further losses is discontinued except to the extent that the Group has an obligation or has made payments on behalf of the investee.

(iii) Transactions eliminated on consolidation

Intra-group balances and transactions, including income, expenses and unrealized gains or losses, are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements. Intra-group losses are recognized as expense if intra-group losses indicate an impairment that requires recognition in the consolidated financial statements.

 

61


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (b) Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of the Group at exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated to the functional currency at the exchange rate on the reporting date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are measured at fair value are retranslated to the functional currency at the exchange rate at the date that the fair value was originally determined. Foreign currency differences arising on retranslation are recognized in profit or loss, except for differences arising on available-for-sale equity instruments and a financial asset and liability designated as a cash flow hedge, which are recognized in other comprehensive income. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date of the original transaction. Exchange differences arising on the settlement of monetary items or on translating monetary items at rates different from those at which they were translated on initial recognition are recognized in profit or loss in the period in which they arise. Foreign currency differences arising from assets and liabilities in relation to the investing and financing activities including loans, bonds and cash and cash equivalents are recognized in finance income (expense) in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income and foreign currency differences arising from assets and liabilities in relation to activities other than investing and financing activities are recognized in other non-operating income (expense) in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Relevant foreign currency differences are presented in gross amounts in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

If the presentation currency of the Group is different from a foreign operation’s functional currency, the financial position and financial performance of the foreign operation are translated into the presentation currency using the following methods. The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, whose functional currency is not the currency of a hyperinflationary economy, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition, are translated to the Group’s functional currency at exchange rates at the reporting date. The income and expenses of foreign operations are translated to the Group’s functional currency at exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Foreign currency differences are recognized in other comprehensive income. However, if the operation is a non-wholly-owned subsidiary, then the relevant proportionate share of the translation difference is allocated to the non-controlling interests. When a foreign operation is disposed of, in part or in full, the relevant accumulative amount in other comprehensive income is transferred to profit or loss as part of the profit or loss on disposal. When the Group disposes of only part of its investment in an associate or joint venture that includes a foreign operation while retaining significant influence or joint control, the relevant proportion of the cumulative amount in other comprehensive income is reclassified to profit or loss.

Any goodwill arising on the acquisition of a foreign operation and any fair value adjustments to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities arising on the acquisition of that foreign operation is treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation. Thus they are expressed in the functional currency of the foreign operation and translated at the at each reporting date’s exchange rate.

 

62


Table of Contents

 

3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (c) Inventories

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The cost of inventories is based on the weighted-average method, and includes expenditures incurred in acquiring the inventories, production or conversion costs and other costs incurred in bringing them to their existing location and condition. In the case of manufactured inventories and work-in-process, cost includes an appropriate share of production overheads based on the actual capacity of production facilities. However, the normal capacity is used for the allocation of fixed production overheads if the actual level of production is lower than the normal capacity.

Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated selling expenses. The valuation loss of inventories recognized as cost (cost of sales) amounted to ₩ 135,720 million and ₩ 133,341 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

  (d) Financial Instruments

(i) Non-derivative financial assets

The Group initially recognizes loans and receivables and deposits on the date they are originated. All other non-derivative financial assets, including financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, are recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

The Group derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows of the financial asset in a transaction in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred. Any interest in transferred financial assets that is created or retained by the Group is recognized as a separate asset or liability. If a transfer does not result in derecognition because the Group has retained substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the transferred asset, the Group continues to recognize the transferred asset and recognizes a financial liability for the consideration received. In subsequent periods, the Group recognizes any income on the transferred assets and any expense incurred on the financial liability.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the consolidated statement of financial position when, and only when, the Group has a legal right to offset the amounts and intends either to settle them on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

The Group has the following non-derivative financial assets: financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, loans and receivables and available-for-sale financial assets.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

A financial asset is classified at fair value through profit or loss if it is classified as held for trading or is designated as such upon initial recognition. If a contract contains one or more embedded derivatives, the Group designates the entire hybrid (combined) contract as a financial asset at fair value through profit or loss unless: the embedded derivative(s) does not significantly modify the cash flows that otherwise would be required by the contract; or it is clear with little or no analysis when a similar hybrid (combined) instrument is first considered that separation of the embedded derivative(s) is prohibited. Upon initial recognition, attributable transaction costs are recognized in profit or loss as incurred. Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value, and changes therein are recognized in profit or loss.

 

63


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (d) Financial Instruments, Continued

 

(i) Non-derivative financial assets, Continued

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include all cash balances and short-term highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash. They are stated at face value, which approximates fair value.

Deposits in banks

Deposits in banks are those with maturity of more than three months and less than one year and are held for cash management purposes.

Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. When loans and receivables are recognized initially, the Group measures them at their fair value plus transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of the financial asset. Subsequent to initial recognition, loans and receivables are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses. Loans and receivables comprise trade accounts and notes receivable and other accounts receivable.

Available-for-sale financial assets

Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivative financial assets that are designated as available-for-sale or that are not classified as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, held-to-maturity financial assets or loans and receivables. The Group’s investments in equity securities and certain debt securities are classified as available-for-sale financial assets. Subsequent to initial recognition, they are measured at fair value and changes therein, other than impairment losses and foreign currency differences on available-for-sale equity instruments, are recognized in other comprehensive income and presented within equity in the fair value reserve. When an investment is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss in other comprehensive income is transferred to profit or loss.

Investments in equity instruments that do not have a quoted market price in an active market and whose fair value cannot be reliably measured and whose derivatives are linked to and must be settled by delivery of such unquoted equity instruments are measured at cost.

 

64


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (d) Financial Instruments, Continued

 

(ii) Non-derivative financial liabilities

The Group initially recognizes debt securities issued and subordinated liabilities on the date that they are originated. The Group classifies liabilities into two categories in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangement and the definitions of a financial liability: financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss and other financial liabilities.

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include financial liabilities held for trading or designated as such upon initial recognition at fair value through profit or loss. After initial recognition, financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value, and changes therein are recognized in profit or loss. Upon initial recognition, transaction costs that are directly attributable to acquisition are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

Non-derivative financial liabilities other than financial liabilities classified as fair value through profit or loss are classified as other financial liabilities and measured initially at fair value minus transaction costs that are directly attributable to the issue. Subsequent to initial recognition, these financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. As of December 31, 2012, non-derivative financial liabilities comprise borrowings, bonds and others.

The Group derecognizes a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged, cancelled or expired.

(iii) Ordinary share capital

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issuance of ordinary shares are recognized as a deduction from equity, net of tax effects. Capital contributed in excess of par value upon issuance of common stocks is classified as share premium within equity.

 

65


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (d) Financial Instruments, Continued

 

(iv) Derivative financial instruments, including hedge accounting

The Group holds forward exchange contracts, interest rate swaps, currency swaps and other derivative contracts to manage interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk. Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition, derivatives are measured at fair value, and changes therein are recognized in profit or loss except in the case where the derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges and the hedge is determined to be an effective hedge.

The Group designates derivatives as hedging items to hedge the risk of changes in the fair value of assets, liabilities or firm commitments (a fair value hedge) and foreign currency risk of highly probable forecasted transactions or firm commitments (a cash flow hedge).

On initial designation of the hedge, management formally documents the relationship between the hedging instrument(s) and hedged item(s), including the risk management objectives and strategy in undertaking the hedge transaction, together with the methods that will be used to assess the effectiveness of the hedging relationship. Management makes an assessment, both at the inception of the hedge relationship as well as on an ongoing basis, whether the hedging instruments are expected to be “highly effective” in offsetting the changes in the fair value or cash flows of the respective hedged items during the period for which the hedge is designated, and whether the actual results of each hedge are within a range of 80-125 percent. For a cash flow hedge of a forecasted transaction, the transaction should be highly probable to occur and should present an exposure to variations in cash flows that could ultimately affect reported net income.

Cash flow hedges

When a derivative is designated as a hedge of the variability in cash flows attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognized asset or liability or a highly probable forecasted transaction that could affect profit or loss, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognized in other comprehensive income and presented in the hedging reserve in equity. The amount recognized in other comprehensive income is removed and included in profit or loss in the same period the hedged cash flows affect profit or loss under the same line item in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Any ineffective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

If the hedging instrument no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, or the designation is revoked, then hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively. The cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in other comprehensive income and presented in the hedging reserve in equity remains there until the forecasted transaction affects profit or loss. When the hedged item is a non-financial asset, the amount recognized in other comprehensive income is transferred to the carrying amount of the asset when the asset is recognized. If the forecasted transaction is no longer expected to occur, then the balance in other comprehensive income is recognized immediately in profit or loss. In other cases the amount recognized in other comprehensive income is transferred to profit or loss in the same period that the hedged item affects profit or loss.

 

66


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (d) Financial Instruments, Continued

 

(iv) Derivative financial instruments, including hedge accounting, Continued

 

Embedded derivative

Embedded derivatives are separated from the host contract and accounted for separately if the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract and the embedded derivative are not closely related, a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would meet the definition of a derivative, and the combined instrument is not measured at fair value through profit or loss. Changes in the fair value of separable embedded derivatives are recognized immediately in profit or loss.

 

  (e) Property, Plant and Equipment

(i) Recognition and measurement

Items of property, plant and equipment are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Cost includes an expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. The cost of self-constructed assets includes the cost of materials and direct labor, any costs directly attributable to bringing the assets to a working condition for their intended use, the costs of dismantling and removing the items and restoring the site on which they are located and borrowing costs on qualifying assets.

The gain or loss arising from the derecognition of an item of property, plant and equipment is determined as the difference between the net disposal proceeds, if any, and the carrying amount of the item and recognized in other non-operating income or other non-operating expenses.

(ii) Subsequent costs

Subsequent expenditure on an item of property, plant and equipment is recognized as part of its cost only if it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The costs of the day-to-day servicing of property, plant and equipment are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

(iii) Depreciation

Depreciation is recognized in profit or loss on a straight-line basis method, reflecting the pattern in which the asset’s future economic benefits are expected to be consumed by the Group. The residual value of property, plant and equipment is zero. Land is not depreciated.

Estimated useful lives of the assets are as follows:

 

     Useful lives (years)

Buildings and structures

   20, 40

Machinery

   4

Furniture and fixtures

   3~5

Equipment, tools and vehicles

   3~5, 12

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each financial year-end and adjusted if appropriate and any changes are accounted for as changes in accounting estimates. There were no such changes for all periods presented.

 

67


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (f) Borrowing Costs

The Group capitalizes borrowing costs, which includes exchange differences arising from foreign currency borrowings to the extent that they are regarded as an adjustment to interest costs, directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset as part of the cost of that asset. A qualifying asset is an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale. To the extent that the Group borrows funds specifically for the purpose of obtaining a qualifying asset, the Group determines the amount of borrowing costs eligible for capitalization as the actual borrowing costs incurred on that borrowing during the period less any investment income on the temporary investment of those borrowings. The Group immediately recognizes other borrowing costs as an expense.

 

  (g) Government Grants

In case there is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the conditions attached to a government grant, the government grant is recognized as follows:

(i) Grants related to the purchase or construction of assets

A government grant related to the purchase or construction of assets is deducted in calculating the carrying amount of the asset. The grant is recognized in profit or loss over the life of a depreciable asset as a reduced depreciation expense.

(ii) Grants for compensating the Group’s expenses incurred

Grants that compensate the Group for expenses incurred are recognized in profit or loss as other income on a systematic basis in the same periods in which the expenses are recognized.

(iii) Other government grants

A government grant that becomes receivable as compensation for expenses or losses already incurred or for the purpose of giving immediate financial support to the entity with no future related costs is recognized as income of the period in which it becomes receivable.

 

  (h) Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are initially measured at cost. Subsequently, intangible assets are measured at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses.

(i) Goodwill

Goodwill arising from business combinations is recognized as the excess of the acquisition cost of investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures over the Group’s share of the net fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Any deficit is a bargain purchase that is recognized in profit or loss. Goodwill is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses.

 

68


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (h) Intangible Assets, Continued

 

(ii) Research and development

Expenditure on research activities, undertaken with the prospect of gaining new scientific or technical knowledge and understanding, is recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

Development activities involve a plan or design of the production of new or substantially improved products and processes. Development expenditure is capitalized only if the Group can demonstrate all of the following:

 

   

the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale,

 

   

its intention to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it,

 

   

its ability to use or sell the intangible asset,

 

   

how the intangible asset will generate probable future economic benefits. Among other things, the Group can demonstrate the existence of a market for the output of the intangible asset or the intangible asset itself or, if it is to be used internally, the usefulness of the intangible asset,

 

   

the availability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the intangible asset, and

 

   

its ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development.

The expenditure capitalized includes the cost of materials, direct labor, overhead costs that are directly attributable to preparing the asset for its intended use, and borrowing costs on qualifying assets.

(iii) Other intangible assets

Other intangible assets include intellectual property rights, software, customer relationships, technology, memberships and others.

(iv) Subsequent costs

Subsequent expenditure is capitalized only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the specific intangible asset to which it relates. All other expenditure, including expenditure on internally generated goodwill and brands, is recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

 

69


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (h) Intangible Assets, Continued

 

(v) Amortization

Amortization is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets, other than goodwill, from the date that they are available for use. The residual value of intangible assets is zero. However, as there are no foreseeable limits to the periods over which condominium and golf club memberships are expected to be available for use, these intangible assets are regarded as having indefinite useful lives and not amortized.

 

     Estimated useful lives (years)

Intellectual property rights

   5, 10

Rights to use electricity, water and gas supply facilities

   10

Software

   4

Customer relationships

   7

Technology

   10

Development costs

   (*)

Condominium and golf club memberships

   Not amortized

 

(*) Capitalized development costs are amortized over the useful life considering the life cycle of the developed products. Amortization of capitalized development costs is recognized in research and development expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

Amortization periods and the amortization methods for intangible assets with finite useful lives are reviewed at each financial year-end. The useful lives of intangible assets that are not being amortized are reviewed each period to determine whether events and circumstances continue to support indefinite useful life assessments for those assets. If appropriate, the changes are accounted for as changes in accounting estimates.

 

  (i) Impairment

(i) Financial assets

A financial asset not carried at fair value through profit or loss is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is objective evidence that it is impaired. A financial asset is impaired if objective evidence indicates that a loss event has occurred after the initial recognition of the asset, and that the loss event had a negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of that asset that can be estimated reliably.

Objective evidence that financial assets are impaired can include default or delinquency in interest or principal payments by an issuer or a debtor, for economic reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty, granting to the borrower a concession that the Group would not otherwise consider, or the disappearance of an active market for that financial asset. In addition, for an investment in an equity security, objective evidence of impairment includes significant financial difficulty of the issuer and a significant or prolonged decline in its fair value below its cost.

 

70


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (i) Impairment, Continued

 

(i) Financial assets, continued

 

Management considers evidence of impairment for loans and receivables at both a specific asset and collective level. All individually significant loans and receivables are assessed for specific impairment. All individually significant receivables found not to be specifically impaired are then collectively assessed for any impairment that has been incurred but not yet identified. Loans and receivables that are not individually significant are collectively assessed for impairment by grouping together receivables with similar risk characteristics.

In assessing collective impairment the Group uses historical trends of the probability of default, timing of recoveries and the amount of loss incurred, adjusted for management’s judgment as to whether current economic and credit conditions are such that the actual losses are likely to be greater or less than suggested by historical trends.

If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss has been incurred on financial assets carried at amortized cost or cost, the amount of the impairment loss is measured as the difference between its carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the asset’s original effective interest rate. Impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss and reflected in an allowance account against loans and receivables.

The amount of the impairment loss on financial assets including equity securities carried at cost is measured as the difference between the carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the current market rate of return for a similar financial asset. Such impairment losses are not reversed.

When a decline in the fair value of an available-for-sale financial asset has been recognized in other comprehensive income the amount of the cumulative loss that is reclassified from equity to profit or loss is the difference between the acquisition cost and current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognized in profit or loss.

In a subsequent period, for the financial assets recorded at fair value, if the fair value increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognized, the previously recognized impairment loss is reversed. The amount of the reversal in financial assets carried at amortized cost and a debt instrument classified as available for sale is recognized in profit or loss. However, impairment loss recognized for an investment in an equity instrument classified as available-for-sale is reversed through other comprehensive income.

 

71


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (i) Impairment, Continued

 

(ii) Non-financial assets

The carrying amounts of the Group’s non-financial assets, other than assets arising from employee benefits, inventories and deferred tax assets, are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. For goodwill, and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives or that are not yet available for use, irrespective of whether there is any indication of impairment, the recoverable amount is estimated each year at the same time.

For the purpose of impairment testing, assets that cannot be tested individually are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups of assets (the “cash-generating unit”, or “CGU”). The recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. Fair value less costs to sell is based on the best information available to reflect the amount that the Group could obtain from the disposal of the asset in an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties, after deducting the costs of disposal.

The Group’s corporate assets do not generate separate cash inflows. If there is an indication that a corporate asset may be impaired, then the recoverable amount is determined for the CGU to which the corporate asset belongs.

An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or its CGU exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss. Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Impairment losses recognized in respect of a CGU are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit, and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets in the unit on a pro rata basis.

In respect of other assets, impairment losses recognized in prior periods are assessed at each reporting date for any indications that the loss has decreased or no longer exists. An impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized. An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed.

 

72


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (j) Provisions

A provision is recognized if, as a result of a past event, the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation.

The risks and uncertainties that inevitably surround events and circumstances are taken into account in reaching the best estimate of a provision. Where the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are determined at the present value of the expected future cash flows. The unwinding of the discount is recognized as finance cost

Provisions are reviewed at the end of each reporting period and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate. If it is no longer probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, the provision is reversed.

The Group recognizes a liability for warranty obligations based on the estimated costs expected to be incurred under its basic limited warranty. This warranty covers defective products and is normally applicable for eighteen months from the date of purchase. These liabilities are accrued when product revenues are recognized. Warranty costs primarily include raw materials and labor costs. Factors that affect the Group’s warranty liability include historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims on those repairs and cost per claim to satisfy the Group’s warranty obligation. As these factors are impacted by actual experience and future expectations, management periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary. Accrued warranty obligations are included in the current and non-current provisions.

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, and penalties and other sources, are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the assessment and/or remediation can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.

 

  (k) Employee Benefits

(i) Short-term employee benefits

Short-term employee benefits that are due to be settled within twelve months after the end of the period in which the employees render the related service are recognized in profit or loss on an undiscounted basis. The expected cost of profit-sharing and bonus plans are recognized when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to make payments as a result of past events and a reliable estimate of the obligation can be made.

(ii) Other long-term employee benefits

The Group’s net obligation in respect of long-term employee benefits other than pension plans is the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods.

 

73


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (k) Employee Benefits, Continued

 

(iii) Defined contribution plan

A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit plan under which an entity pays fixed contributions into a separate entity and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognized as an employee benefit expense in profit or loss in the periods during which services are rendered by employees.

(iv) Defined benefit plan

A defined benefit plan is a post-employment benefit plan other than defined contribution plans. The Group’s net obligation in respect of its defined benefit plan is calculated by estimating the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods; that benefit is discounted to determine its present value. The fair value of any plan assets is deducted.

The calculation is performed annually by an independent actuary using the projected unit credit method. The discount rate is the yield at the reporting date on high quality corporate bonds that have maturity dates approximating the terms of the Group’s obligations and that are denominated in the same currency in which the benefits are expected to be paid. The Group recognizes all actuarial gains and losses arising from defined benefit plans in retained earnings immediately.

In measuring the defined benefit liability, the Group recognizes past service cost immediately when the benefits are vested immediately following the introduction of a defined benefit plan.

(v) Share-based payment transactions

The fair value of the amount payable to employees in respect of share appreciation rights, which are settled in cash, is recognized as an expense with a corresponding increase in liabilities, over the period that the employees unconditionally become entitled to payment. The liability is remeasured at each reporting date and at settlement date. Any changes in the fair value of the liability are recognized as personnel expense in profit or loss.

 

  (l) Revenue

Revenue from the sale of goods in the course of ordinary activities is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, net of estimated returns, earned trade discounts, volume rebates and other cash incentives paid to customers. Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence exists that the significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the buyer, generally on delivery and acceptance at the customers’ premises, recovery of the consideration is probable, the associated costs and possible return of goods can be estimated reliably, there is no continuing management involvement with the goods, and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably. If it is probable that discounts will be granted and the amount can be measured reliably, then the discount is recognized as a reduction of revenue when the sales are recognized. Sales taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are accounted for on a net basis and therefore are excluded from revenues in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

 

74


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

 

  (m) Operating Segments

An operating segment is a component of the Group that: 1) engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, including revenues and expenses that relate to transactions with other components of the group, 2) whose operating results are reviewed regularly by the Group’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) in order to allocate resources and assess its performance, and 3) for which discrete financial information is available. Management has determined that the CODM of the Group is the Board of Directors. The CODM does not receive and therefore does not review discrete financial information for any component of the Group. Consequently, no operating segment information is included in these consolidated financial statements. Entity wide disclosures of geographic and product revenue information are provided in note 23 to these consolidated financial statements.

 

  (n) Finance Income and Finance Costs

Finance income comprises interest income on funds invested (including available-for-sale financial assets), dividend income, gains on the disposal of available-for-sale financial assets, changes in the fair value of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, and gains on hedging instruments that are recognized in profit or loss. Interest income is recognized as it accrues in profit or loss, using the effective interest method. Dividend income is recognized in profit or loss on the date that the Group’s right to receive payment is established.

Finance costs comprise interest expense on borrowings, unwinding of the discount on provisions, changes in the fair value of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, impairment losses recognized on financial assets, and losses on hedging instruments that are recognized in profit or loss. Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset are capitalized as part of the cost of that asset.

 

  (o) Income Tax

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Current tax and deferred tax are recognized in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to a business combination, or items recognized directly in equity or in other comprehensive income.

(i) Current tax

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable profit or loss for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. The taxable profit is different from the accounting profit for the period since the taxable profit is calculated excluding the temporary differences, which will be taxable or deductible in determining taxable profit (tax loss) of future periods, and non-taxable or non-deductible items from the accounting profit.

 

75


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (o) Income Tax, Continued

 

(ii) Deferred tax

Deferred tax is recognized, using the liability method, in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Group expects, at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities. However, deferred tax is not recognized for taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill.

The Group recognizes a deferred tax liability for all taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates, and interests in joint ventures, except to the extent that the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. A deferred tax asset is recognized for all deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that the differences relating to investments in subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled entities will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profit will be available against which the temporary difference can be utilized.

Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized.

The Group offsets deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities if, and only if the Group has a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and the deferred tax liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities which intend either to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis, or to realize the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously.

 

  (p) Earnings (Loss) Per Share

The Group presents basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share (“EPS”) data for its ordinary shares. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Controlling Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding, adjusted for the effects of all dilutive potential ordinary shares, which comprise convertible bonds.

 

  (q) New Standards and Interpretations Not Yet Adopted

The following accounting standards, interpretations and amendments are issued and will be effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 and have not been adopted early in preparing these consolidated financial statements.

 

76


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (q) New Standards and Interpretations Not Yet Adopted, Continued

 

(i) K-IFRS No. 1110, Consolidated Financial Statements

The standard introduces a single control model to determine whether an investee should be consolidated. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013.

(ii) K-IFRS No. 1111, Joint Arrangements

The standard classifies joint arrangements into two types: joint operations and joint ventures. A joint operation is a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement (i.e. joint operators) have rights to the assets and obligations for the liabilities relating to the arrangement. A joint venture is a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement (i.e. joint venturers) have rights to the net assets of the arrangement. The standard requires a joint operator to recognize and measure the assets and liabilities (and recognize the related revenues and expenses) in relation to its interest in the arrangement in accordance with relevant K-IFRSs applicable to the particular assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. The standard requires a joint venturer to recognize an investment and to account for that investment using the equity method. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013.

(iii) K-IFRS No. 1112, Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities

The standard brings together into a single standard all the disclosure requirements about an entity’s interests in subsidiaries, joint arrangements, associates and unconsolidated structured entities. The standard requires an entity to disclose information that enables users of financial statements to evaluate the nature of and risks associated with its interests in other entities and the effects of those interests on its financial position, financial performance and cash flows. The standards are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013.

(iv) Amendments to K-IFRS No. 1019, Employee Benefits

The revised standard requires an entity to calculate the expected return on plan assets based on the discount rate that is used to measure the present value of defined benefit obligation. The effective date for the amendments is annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013.

(v) K-IFRS No. 1113, Fair value measurement

The standard defines fair value and sets out a framework for measuring fair value and the required disclosures about fair value measurements. This standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013.

(vi) Amendments to K-IFRS No. 1001, Presentation of Financial Statements

The amendments require presentation of other comprehensive income on the basis of whether they are potentially reclassifiable to profit or loss subsequently. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2012.

Management is in the process of evaluating the impact, if any, of applying these standards on its financial position and results of operations.

 

77


Table of Contents
4. Determination of Fair Value

A number of the Group’s accounting policies and disclosures require the determination of fair value, for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities. Fair values have been determined for measurement and/or disclosure purposes based on the following methods. When applicable, further information about the assumptions made in determining fair values is disclosed in the notes specific to that asset or liability.

 

  (a) Current Assets and Liabilities

The carrying amounts approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.

 

  (b) Trade Receivables and Other Receivables

The fair value of trade and other receivables is estimated as the present value of future cash flows, discounted at the market rate of interest at the reporting date. This fair value is determined for disclosure purposes. The carrying amounts of short-term receivables approximate fair value.

 

  (c) Investments in Equity and Debt Securities

The fair value of marketable available-for-sale financial assets is determined by reference to their quoted closing bid price at the reporting date. The fair value of non-marketable securities is determined using valuation methods.

 

  (d) Derivatives

For forward contracts, if a listed market price is not available, fair value is estimated by discounting the difference between the contractual forward price and the current forward price for the residual maturity of the contract using a risk-free interest rate (based on government bonds).

The fair value of interest rate swaps is estimated by discounting estimated future cash flows based on the terms and maturity of each contract by LIBOR and forward interest rates for the same terms at the measurement date.

Fair values reflect the credit risk of the instrument and include adjustments to take account of the credit risk of the Group and counterparty when appropriate.

 

  (e) Non-derivative Financial Liabilities

The fair value of financial liabilities at FVTPL is determined by reference to their quoted closing price at the reporting date. Fair value, which is determined for disclosure purposes, except for the liabilities at FVTPL, is calculated based on the present value of future principal and interest cash flows, discounted at the market rate of interest at the reporting date.

 

  (f) Share-based Payment Transactions

The fair value of the employee share appreciation rights is measured using the Black-Scholes formula. Measurement inputs include share price on measurement date, exercise price of the instrument, expected volatility (based on weighted average historic volatility adjusted for changes expected due to publicly available information), weighted average expected life of the instruments (based on historical experience and general option holder behavior), expected dividends, and the risk-free interest rate (based on government bonds). Service and non-market performance conditions attached to the transactions are not taken into account in determining fair value.

 

78


Table of Contents
4. Determination of Fair Value, Continued

 

  (g) Assets Acquired in a Business Combination

(i) Inventories

The fair value of inventories acquired in a business combination is determined based on the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and sale, and a reasonable profit margin based on the effort required to complete and sell the inventories.

(ii) Property, plant and equipment

The fair value of property, plant and equipment recognized as a result of a business combination is based on market values.

(iii) Intangible assets

The fair value of customer relationships acquired in a business combination is determined using the multi-period excess earnings method, whereby the subject asset is valued after deducting a fair return on all other assets that are part of creating the related cash flows. The fair value of technology acquired in a business combination is based on the discounted estimated royalty payments that have been avoided as a result of the patent or trademark being owned.

 

5. Risk Management

 

  (a) Financial Risk Management

The Group is exposed to credit risk, liquidity risk and market risks. The Group identifies and analyzes such risks, and controls are implemented under a risk management system to monitor and manage these risks at below a threshold level.

(i) Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations, and arises principally from the Group’s receivables from customers.

The Group’s exposure to credit risk of trade and other receivables is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. However, management considers the demographics of the Group’s customer base, including the default risk of the country in which customers operate, do not have a significant influence on credit risk since the majority of the customers are global electronic appliance manufacturers operating in global markets.

The Group establishes credit limits for each customer and each new customer is analyzed quantitatively and qualitatively before determining whether to utilize third party guarantees, insurance or factoring as appropriate.

The Group does not establish allowances for receivables under insurance and receivables from customers with a high credit rating. For the rest of the receivables, the Group establishes an allowance for impairment of trade and other receivables that have been individually or collectively evaluated for impairment and estimated on the basis of historical loss experience for assets.

 

79


Table of Contents
5. Risk Management, Continued

 

  (a) Financial Risk Management, Continued

 

(ii) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Group’s reputation.

The Group has historically been able to satisfy its cash requirements from cash flows from operations and debt and equity financing. To the extent that the Group does not generate sufficient cash flows from operations to meet its capital requirements, the Group may rely on other financing activities, such as external long-term borrowings and offerings of debt securities, equity-linked and other debt securities. In addition, the Group maintains a line of credit with various banks.

(iii) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and equity prices, will affect the Group’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposures within acceptable parameters, while optimizing the return.

The Group buys and sells derivatives, and also incurs financial liabilities, in order to manage market risks.

(iv) Currency risk

The Group is exposed to currency risk on sales, purchases and borrowings that are denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the Group, Korean won (KRW). The currencies in which these transactions primarily are denominated are USD, EUR and JPY.

The Group uses forward exchange contracts to hedge its currency risk, most with a maturity of less than one year from the reporting date.

Interest on borrowings is denominated in the currency of the borrowing. Generally, borrowings are denominated in currencies that match the cash flows generated by the underlying operations of the Group, primarily KRW, USD and JPY.

In respect of other monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, the Group ensures that its net exposure is kept to an acceptable level by buying or selling foreign currencies at spot rates when necessary to address short-term imbalances. In relation to the currency fluctuation, the Group adopts policies to adjust factoring volumes of foreign currency denominated receivables or utilizing usance as a means to settle payables for the facilities.

(v) Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk arises principally from the Group’s debentures and borrowings. The Group has not entered into any interest rate swap contracts as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 to hedge interest rate risk.

 

80


Table of Contents
5. Risk Management, Continued

 

 

  (b) Capital Management

Management’s policy is to maintain a capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to sustain future development of the business. Liabilities to equity ratio, net borrowings to equity ratio and other financial ratios are used by management to achieve an optimal capital structure. Management also monitors the level of dividends to ordinary shareholders. Equity, defined by K-IFRS, is identical to the definition of capital, managed by management.

 

(In millions of won)             
     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  

Total liabilities

   14,215,331        15,031,903   

Total equity

     10,240,180        10,131,028   

Cash and deposits in banks (*1)

     2,653,753        2,332,977   

Borrowings

     4,455,857        4,610,367   

Total liabilities to equity ratio

     139     148

Net borrowings to equity ratio (*2)

     18     22

 

(*1) Cash and deposits in banks consists of cash and cash equivalents and deposit in banks.
(*2) Net borrowings to equity ratio is calculated by dividing total equity with borrowings less cash and deposits in banks.

 

6. Cash and Cash Equivalents and Deposits in Banks

Cash and cash equivalents and deposits in banks at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Current assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

     

Demand deposits

   2,338,661         1,517,977   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deposits in banks

     

Time deposits

   300,092         800,000   

Restricted cash

     15,000         15,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   315,092         815,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

81


Table of Contents
7. Receivables and Other Current Assets

 

  (a) Trade accounts and notes receivable at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)    December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Trade, net

   2,584,226         2,113,912   

Due from related parties

     750,115         626,195   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   3,334,341         2,740,107   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Other accounts receivable at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)    December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Current assets

     

Non-trade accounts receivable, net

   189,924         197,300   

Accrued income

     9,073         15,570   

Short-term loans

     10         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   199,007         212,870   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Due from related parties included in other accounts receivable, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are ₩ 1,792 million and ₩ 1,772 million, respectively.

 

  (c) Other assets at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)    December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Current assets

     

Advance payments

   10,514         12,115   

Prepaid expenses

     45,058         42,208   

Value added tax refundable

     260,353         188,599   

Others

     9,341         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   325,266         242,922   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets

     

Long-term prepaid expenses

   144,023         157,344   

Others

     8,287         21,861   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   152,310         179,205   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

82


Table of Contents
8. Inventories

Inventories at the reporting date are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  
(In millions of won)    Acquisition
cost
     Valuation
allowance
    Book
value
     Acquisition
cost
     Valuation
allowance
    Book
value
 

Finished goods

   1,098,804         (54,679     1,044,125         947,046         (25,110     921,936   

Work-in-process

     682,478         (29,218     653,260         818,666         (46,460     772,206   

Raw materials

     383,857         (13,204     370,653         475,378         (17,293     458,085   

Supplies

     360,588         (38,619     321,969         209,621         (44,478     165,143   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   2,525,727         (135,720     2,390,007         2,450,711         (133,341     2,317,370   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The amount of the inventories recognized as cost (cost of sales) is as follows;

 

(In millions of won)    December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Inventories recognized as cost of sales

   26,424,756         23,081,322   

 

9. Other Financial Assets

 

  (a) Other financial assets at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)    December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Current assets

     

Deposits

   3,828         3,297   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets

     

Guarantee deposits with banks

   16         95   

Available-for-sale financial assets

     16,136         13,682   

Deposits

     59,034         70,171   

Long-term loans

     —           600   

Long-term other accounts receivable

     11,246         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   86,432         84,548   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Available-for-sale financial assets at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)    December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Non-current assets

     

Debt securities

     

Government bonds

   2,838         2,838   

Equity securities

     

E Ink Holdings, Inc.

   —           6,319   

Intellectual Discovery, Ltd.

     2,673         2,673   

Siliconworks Co., Ltd.

     10,505         —     

Formosa Epitaxy, Inc. (“Formosa”)

     —           1,735   

Other

     120         117   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   16,136         13,682   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

83


Table of Contents
10. Investments in Equity Accounted Investees

Investments in equity accounted investees accounted for under the equity method consist of the following:

 

(in millions of won)    Carrying value  

Company

   December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Suzhou Raken Technology Ltd.

   128,751         133,000   

Guangzhou New Vision Technology
Research and Development Limited

     3,596         3,814   

Global OLED Technology LLC

     36,164         44,147   

Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd.

     82,855         69,395   

TLI Inc. (*)

     6,961         16,410   

AVACO Co., Ltd. (*)

     10,964         7,328   

New Optics Ltd.

     25,064         10,986   

LIG ADP Co., Ltd.(*)

     1,730         2,745   

WooRee E&L Co. Ltd
(formerly, WooRee LED Co., Ltd.)

     23,549         15,080   

Dynamic Solar Design Co., Ltd.

     69         1,538   

LB Gemini New Growth Fund No.16

     13,680         13,658   

Can Yang Investments Limited

     13,856         14,488   

YAS Co., Ltd.

     9,409         9,814   

Eralite Optoelectronics (Jiangsu) Co., Ltd.

     3,449         4,173   

Narenanotech Corporation

     26,448         27,969   

Avatec. Co., Ltd.(*)

     14,685         10,600   

Glonix Co., Ltd.

     928         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   402,158         385,145   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*) Based on quoted market prices at December 31, 2012, the fair values of the investments in TLI Inc., AVACO Co., Ltd., LIG ADP Co., Ltd., and AVATEC Co., Ltd., which are listed companies on the Korea Exchange, are ₩ 6,961 million, ₩ 15,169 million, ₩ 7,320 million and ₩ 27,958 million, respectively.

Dividends received from equity accounted investees for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 amounted to ₩ 204 million and ₩ 6,130 million, respectively.

 

84


Table of Contents
10. Investments in Equity Accounted Investees, Continued

 

Summary of the financial information of equity accounted investees, not adjusted for the percentage ownership held by the Group:

 

  (a) Summary of the financial information of investments in joint ventures is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)       
     December 31, 2012      2012  

Company

   Ownership
(%)
     Current
assets
     Non-
current
assets
     Total
assets
     Current
liabilities
     Non-
current
liabilities
     Total
liabilities
     Revenue      Expenses      Profit
(loss)
 

Suzhou Raken Technology Ltd. (*)

     51       586,067         126,384         712,451         457,414         —           457,414         1,967,587         1,956,084         11,503   

Guangzhou New Vision Technology Research and Development Limited

     50         7,183         9         7,192         1         —           1         232         225         7   

Global OLED Technology LLC

     33         7,955         104,155         112,110         1,184         434         1,618         2,402         17,972         (15,570

 

(In millions of won)       
     December 31, 2011      2011  

Company

   Ownership
(%)
     Current
assets
     Non-
current
assets
     Total
assets
     Current
liabilities
     Non-
current
liabilities
     Total
liabilities
     Revenue      Expenses      Profit
(loss)
 

Suzhou Raken Technology Ltd. (*)

     51       694,315         149,727         844,042         585,001         —           585,001         1,744,325         1,732,866         11,459   

Guangzhou New Vision Technology Research and Development Limited

     50         7,470         159         7,629         1         —           1         95         532         (437

Global OLED Technology LLC

     33         12,566         122,823         135,389         505         —           505         5,245         17,113         (11,868

 

(*) Despite its 51% equity interest, management concluded that the Controlling Company does not have control of Suzhou Raken Technology Ltd. because the Controlling Company and AmTRAN Technology Co., Ltd., which has a 49% equity interest of the investee, jointly control the board of directors of the investee through equal voting powers. Accordingly, investment in Suzhou Raken Technology Ltd. was accounted for as an equity method investment.

 

85


Table of Contents
10. Investments in Equity Accounted Investees, Continued

 

 

  (b) Summary of the financial information of associates at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   December 31, 2012      2012  

Company

  Ownership
(%)
     Total
assets
     Total
liabilities
     Total
shareholders’
equity
     Sales      Net
income

(loss)
 

Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd.

    40       424,805         214,271         210,534         998,899         51,985   

TLI Inc. (*1,4)

    12         117,704         18,390         99,314         59,563         (2,087

AVACO Co., Ltd. (*1,2)

    16         129,416         34,943         94,473         91,000         1,973   

New Optics Ltd.

    42         178,569         110,333         68,236         553,397         36,989   

LIG ADP Co., Ltd. (*1)

    13         74,355         40,208         34,147         18,103         (18,095

WooRee E&L Co., Ltd. (formerly, WooRee LED Co., Ltd.) (*3)

    30         382,032         313,680         68,352         475,204         20,485   

Dynamic Solar Design Co., Ltd. (*4)

    40         2,414         15         2,399         —           (1,447

LB Gemini New Growth Fund No.16 (*5)

    31         45,070         429         44,641         2,526         590   

Can Yang Investments Limited (*1, 6)

    9         259,547         112,825         146,722         56,614         (3,484

YAS Co., Ltd.(*1)

    19         29,508         9,411         20,097         15,349         (2,970

Eralite Optoelectronics (Jiangsu) Co., Ltd.

    20         17,862         619         17,243         4,868         (2,671

Narenanotech Corporation

    23         103,305         30,166         73,139         55,164         5,841   

Avatec. Co., Ltd. (*7)

    17         98,266         11,788         86,478         75,596         18,130   

Glonix Co., Ltd. (*8)

    20         27,534         22,852         4,682         11,530         (6,094

 

(In millions of won)    December 31, 2011      2011  

Company

   Ownership
(%)
     Total
assets
     Total
liabilities
     Total
shareholders’
equity
     Sales      Net
income

(loss)
 

Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd.

     40       384,421         202,609         181,812         885,492         53,459   

TLI Inc. (*1,4)

     12         113,566         14,317         99,249         47,893         2,832   

AVACO Co., Ltd. (*1,2)

     20         127,373         54,227         73,146         238,589         7,381   

New Optics Ltd.

     42         163,443         141,532         21,911         562,927         (15,659

LIG ADP Co., Ltd. (*1)

     13         109,520         55,811         53,709         109,388         2,220   

WooRee E&L Co., Ltd. (formerly, WooRee LED Co., Ltd.) (*3)

     30         160,520         128,441         32,079         226,597         8,750   

Dynamic Solar Design Co., Ltd. (*4)

     40         3,887         41         3,846         6         (2,150

LB Gemini New Growth Fund No.16 (*5)

     31         45,072         502         44,570         4,545         2,544   

Can Yang Investments Limited (*1, 6)

     12         334,224         209,233         124,991         18,707         (17,424

YAS Co., Ltd.(*1)

     19         34,534         11,515         23,019         25,408         6,830   

Eralite Optoelectronics (Jiangsu) Co., Ltd.

     20         22,418         1,553         20,865         74         (3,134

Narenanotech Corporation

     23         103,894         36,596         67,298         43,946         (3,711

Avatec. Co., Ltd. (*7)

     20         63,529         13,537         49,992         44,327         6,640   

 

86


Table of Contents
10. Investments in Equity Accounted Investees, Continued

 

(*1) Although the Controlling Company’s share interests in TLI Inc., AVACO Co., Ltd., LIG ADP Co., Ltd., Can Yang Investments Limited, YAS Co., Ltd., and Avatec Co., Ltd. are below 20%, the Controlling Company is able to exercise significant influence through its right to assign a director to the board of directors of each investee and, accordingly, the investments in these investees have been accounted for using the equity method.
(*2) In 2012, the Controlling Company’s ownership in AVACO CO., Ltd. was reduced from 20% to 16% because the Controlling Company did not participate in AVACO Co., Ltd.’s capital increase.
(*3) As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Controlling Company’s percentage ownership in the investee represents the Controlling Company’s holdings of common shares over total common shares issued.
(*4) During 2012, the Controlling Company recognized an impairment loss of ₩ 890 million for the difference between the carrying amount of and the recoverable amount from the investment in Dynamic Solar Design Co., Ltd., which was acquired for developing, manufacturing and selling solar battery and Flat Panel Display (“FPD”). Furthermore during 2012, the Controlling Company recognized an impairment loss of ₩ 9,115 million for the difference between the carrying amount of and the recoverable amount from the investment in TLI Inc., which was acquired for manufacturing and selling semiconductor parts used in display panels.
(*5) The Controlling Company is a member of the limited partnership in the LB Gemini New Growth Fund No.16 (“the Fund”). In 2012, the Controlling Company received ₩ 3,571 million from the Fund as capital distribution and made additional cash investments of ₩ 1,533 million each in the Fund in September, November, and December of 2012, respectively. Despite the receipt from the fund and additional investments, there were no changes in the Controlling Company’s ownership percentage in the Fund. The Controlling Company is committed to make additional investments of up to an aggregate of ₩ 30,000 million.
(*6) In 2012, the Controlling Company’s ownership in Can Yang Investments Limited was reduced from 12% to 9% because the Controlling Company did not participate in Can Yang Investments Limited’s capital increase.
(*7) In 2012, the Controlling Company’s ownership in Avatec Co., Ltd. was reduced from 20% to 17% because the Controlling Company did not participate in Avatec Co., Ltd.’s capital increase.
(*8) In April 2012, the Controlling Company acquired 4,000,000 common shares (20)% of GLONIX Co., Ltd., which manufactures liquid crystal displays, for ₩ 2,000 million. As of December 31, 2012, 20% of GLONIX Co., Ltd. is owned by the Controlling Company and the Controlling Company has the right to assign a director in the board of directors of GLONIX Co., Ltd.

 

87


Table of Contents
10. Investments in Equity Accounted Investees, Continued

 

Changes in investments in equity accounted investees for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)    2012  

Company

   January 1      Acquisition/
Disposal
    Dividends
received
    Equity profit
(loss) on
investments
    Other
comprehensive
income

(loss)
    Other
gain
(loss)
    December 31  

Suzhou Raken Technology Ltd.

   133,000         —          —          3,660        (7,909     —          128,751   

Guangzhou New Vision Technology Research and Development Limited

     3,814         —          —          4        (222     —          3,596   

Global OLED Technology LLC

     44,147         —          —          (5,096     (2,887     —          36,164   

Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd.

     69,395         —          —          22,765        (9,305     —          82,855   

TLI Inc.

     16,410         —          —          (213     (121     (9,115     6,961   

AVACO Co., Ltd.

     7,328         (366     (204     2,199        14        1,993        10,964   

New Optics Ltd.

     10,986         —          —          15,064        (986     —          25,064   

LIG ADP Co., Ltd.)

     2,745         —          —          (826     (189     —          1,730   

WooRee E&L Co., Ltd.
(formerly, WooRee LED Co., Ltd.)

     15,080         —          —          6,057        2,412        —          23,549   

Dynamic Solar Design Co., Ltd.)

     1,538         —          —          (579     —          (890     69   

LB Gemini New Growth Fund No.16

     13,658         1,027        —          181        (1,186     —          13,680   

Can Yang Investments Limited

     14,488         —          —          (371     (1,245     984        13,856   

YAS Co., Ltd.

     9,814         —          —          (414     9        —          9,409   

Eralite Optoelectronics (Jiangsu) Co., Ltd.

     4,173         —          —          (534     (190     —          3,449   

Narenanotech Corporation

     27,969         —          —          (1,521     —          —          26,448   

Avatec. Co., Ltd.

     10,600         —          —          3,465        31        589        14,685   

Glonix Co., Ltd.

     —           2,000        —          (1,062     (10     —          928   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   385,145         2,661        (204     42,779        (21,784     (6,439     402,158   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

88


Table of Contents
10. Investments in Equity Accounted Investees, Continued

 

(In millions of won)    2011  

Company

   January 1      Acquisition/
Disposal
     Dividends
received
    Equity profit
(loss) on
investments
    Other
comprehensive
income

(loss)
    Other
gain
(loss)
    December 31  

Suzhou Raken Technology Ltd.

   114,402         —           —          11,355        7,243        —          133,000   

Guangzhou New Vision Technology Research and Development Limited

     3,540         —           —          (129     403        —          3,814   

Global OLED Technology LLC

     47,594         —           —          (3,884     437        —          44,147   

Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd.

     45,947         4,400         (4,402     18,551        4,899        —          69,395   

TLI Inc.

     16,614         —           (242     299        60        (321     16,410   

AVACO Co., Ltd.

     6,998         —           (336     96        555        15        7,328   

New Optics Ltd.

     17,261         —           —          (6,220     (55     —          10,986   

LIG ADP Co., Ltd.)

     4,037         —           (300     (847     (126     (19     2,745   

WooRee E&L Co., Ltd.
(formerly, WooRee LED Co., Ltd.)

     12,448         —           —          2,587        45        —          15,080   

Dynamic Solar Design Co., Ltd.)

     5,776         —           —          (860     —          (3,378     1,538   

RPO, Inc.

     11,268         —           —          (546     144        (10,866     —     

LB Gemini New Growth Fund No.16

     7,949         6,181         (850     779        (401     —          13,658   

Can Yang Investments Limited

     16,999         —           —          (2,019     (899     407        14,488   

YAS Co., Ltd.

     10,124         —           —          (458     4        144        9,814   

Eralite Optoelectronics (Jiangsu) Co., Ltd.

     4,575         —           —          (627     225        —          4,173   

Narenanotech Corporation

     —           30,000         —          (2,030     (1     —          27,969   

Avatec. Co., Ltd.

     —           10,600         —          —          —          —          10,600   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   325,532         51,181         (6,130     16,047        12,533        (14,018     385,145   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

89


Table of Contents
11. Property, Plant and Equipment

Changes in property, plant and equipment for the year ended December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                                          
    Land     Buildings
and
structures
    Machinery
and
equipment
    Furniture
and
fixtures
    Construction-
in-progress

(*1)
    Others     Total  

Acquisition cost as of January 1, 2012

  444,252        4,170,768        28,028,986        720,716        3,494,777        261,526        37,121,025   

Accumulated depreciation as of January 1, 2012

    —          (1,072,446     (20,589,295     (562,715     —          (196,131     (22,420,587

Accumulated impairment loss as of January 1, 2012

  —          —          (138     (3,222     —          (229     (3,589
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of January 1, 2012

    444,252        3,098,322        7,439,553        154,779        3,494,777        65,166        14,696,849   

Additions

    —          —          —          —          2,726,336        —          2,726,336   

Depreciation

    —          (235,016     (3,873,305     (68,643     —          (19,523     (4,196,487

Disposals

    (2,787     (7,010     (42,127     (1,085     —          (3,641     (56,650

Others (*2)

    (473     1,420,649        3,762,658        47,981        (5,251,832     18,615        (2,402

Effect of movements in exchange rates

    —          (28,092     (22,684     (2,034     (2,379     (984     (56,173

Subsidy received

    —          (1,792     (2,170     —          —          —          (3,962
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of December 31, 2012

  440,992        4,247,061        7,261,925        130,998        966,902        59,633        13,107,511   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition cost as of December 31, 2012

  440,992        5,546,497        31,490,302        755,948        966,902        256,806        39,457,447   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation as of December 31, 2012

  —          (1,299,436     (24,228,377     (624,950     —          (197,173     (26,349,936
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment loss as of December 31, 2012

  —          —          —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*1) As of December 31, 2012, construction-in-progress relates to construction of plants including their machinery.
(*2) Others are mainly amounts transferred from construction-in-progress.

 

90


Table of Contents
11. Property, Plant and Equipment, Continued

 

Changes in property, plant and equipment for the year ended December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                                          
    Land     Buildings
and
structures
    Machinery
and
equipment
    Furniture
and
fixtures
    Construction-
in-progress

(*1)
    Others     Total  

Acquisition cost as of January 1, 2011

  442,962        3,879,677        24,099,414        672,508        2,703,860        242,687        32,041,108   

Accumulated depreciation as of January 1, 2011

    —          (876,361     (17,626,751     (529,303     —          (193,292     (19,225,707
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of January 1, 2011

    442,962        3,003,316        6,472,663        143,205        2,703,860        49,395        12,815,401   

Additions

    —          —          —          —          5,264,019        —          5,264,019   

Depreciation

    —          (193,120     (3,141,295     (61,324       (17,711     (3,413,450

Impairment loss

    —          —          (138     (3,222     —          (229     (3,589

Disposals

    —          (166     (563     (366     —          (15     (1,110

Others (*2)

    1,290        278,471        4,091,712        74,323        (4,478,639     32,843        —     

Effect of movements in exchange rates

    —          9,843        18,757        2,163        5,537        883        37,183   

Subsidy received

    —          (22     (1,583     —          —          —          (1,605
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of December 31, 2011

  444,252        3,098,322        7,439,553        154,779        3,494,777        65,166        14,696,849   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition cost as of December 31, 2011

  444,252        4,170,768        28,028,986        720,716        3,494,777        261,526        37,121,025   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation as of December 31, 2011

  —          (1,072,446     (20,589,295     (562,715     —          (196,131     (22,420,587
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment loss as of December 31, 2011

  —          —          (138     (3,222     —          (229     (3,589
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*1) As of December 31, 2011, construction-in-progress relates to construction of plants including their machinery.
(*2) Others are mainly amounts transferred from construction-in-progress.

The capitalized borrowing costs and capitalization rate for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)       
     2012     2011  

Capitalized borrowing costs

   24,612        23,139   

Capitalization rate

     3.29     3.65

 

91


Table of Contents
12. Intangible Assets

Changes in intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)    Intellectual
property
rights
    Software     Member-
ships
    Develop-
ment
costs (*3)
    Construction-
in-progress
(software)
    Customer
relation-
ships
    Tech-
nology
    Good-
will

(*3)
    Others
(*2)
    Total  

Acquisition cost as of January 1, 2012

   523,873        407,832        50,078        392,473        10,819        24,011        11,074        23,912        13,090        1,457,162   

Accumulated amortization as of January 1, 2012

     (443,343     (206,434     —          (248,262     —          (5,724     (1,852     —          (10,859     (916,474

Accumulated impairment loss as of January 1, 2012

   —          (1,039     (4,535     —          —          —          —          —          —          (5,574
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of January 1, 2012

     80,530        200,359        45,543        144,211        10,819        18,287        9,222        23,912        2,231        535,114   

Additions-internally developed

     —          —          —          198,225        —          —          —          —          —          198,225   

Other additions

     19,079        —          155        —          63,219        —          —          —          —          82,453   

Amortization (*1)

     (13,413     (110,958     —          (143,079     —          (3,440     (1,106     —          (929     (272,925

Disposals

     —          (610     —          —          —          —          —          —          (94     (704

Impairment loss

     —            (3,393     (27,300     —          —          —          (9,319     —          (40,012

Transfer from construction-in-progress

     —          70,777        —          —          (71,816     —          —          —          —          (1,039

Effect of movements in exchange rates

     —          (710     —          (2,881     —          —          —          —          81        (3,510
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of December 31, 2012

   86,196        158,858        42,305        169,176        2,222        14,847        8,116        14,593        1,289        497,602   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition cost as of December 31, 2012

   542,952        470,074        50,233        529,349        2,222        24,011        11,074        23,912        13,077        1,666,904   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization as of December 31, 2012

   (456,756     (311,216     —          (332,873     —          (9,164     (2,958     —          (11,788     (1,124,755
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment loss as of December 31, 2012

   —          —          (7,928     (27,300     —          —          —          (9,319     —          (44,547
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Remaining amortization period (year)

     6.62        2.69        —          0.58        —          4.33        7.33        —          2.17     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(*1) The Group has classified the amortization as manufacturing overhead costs, selling expenses, administrative expenses and research and development expenses.
(*2) Others mainly consist of rights to use of electricity and gas supply facilities.
(*3) During 2012, the Group recognized full impairment loss for the difference between the carrying amount and the recoverable amount (determined based on value in use) of goodwill and in-process research and development because the economic benefit from these assets are estimated to be less than previously expected.

 

92


Table of Contents
12. Intangible Assets, Continued

 

Changes in intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)   Intellectual
property
rights
    Software     Member-
ships
    Develop-
ment
costs
    Construction-
in-progress
(software)
    Customer
relation-
ships
    Tech-
nology
    Good-
will
    Others
(*2)
    Total  

Acquisition cost as of January 1, 2011

  507,862        317,807        47,147        265,092        11,463        24,011        11,074        23,912        13,084        1,221,452   

Accumulated amortization as of January 1, 2011

    (436,151     (119,179     —          (113,395     —          (2,300     (742     —          (9,784     (681,551
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of January 1, 2011

    71,711        198,628        47,147        151,697        11,463        21,711        10,332        23,912        3,300        539,901   

Additions-internally developed

    —          —          —          127,381        —          —          —          —          —          127,381   

Other additions

    21,890        —          2,931        —          87,346        —          —          —          7        112,174   

Amortization (*1)

    (11,501     (86,021     —          (134,867     —          (3,424     (1,110     —          (1,073     (237,996

Disposals

    (1,588     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (1,588

Impairment loss

    —          (1,039     (4,535     —          —          —          —          —          —          (5,574

Transfer from construction-in-progress

    —          87,990        —          —          (87,990     —          —          —          —          —     

Effect of movements in exchange rates

    18        801        —          —          —          —          —          —          (3     816   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of December 31, 2011

  80,530        200,359        45,543        144,211        10,819        18,287        9,222        23,912        2,231        535,114   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition cost as of December 31, 2011

  523,873        407,832        50,078        392,473        10,819        24,011        11,074        23,912        13,090        1,457,162   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization as of December 31, 2011

  (443,343     (206,434     —          (248,262     —          (5,724     (1,852     —          (10,859     (916,474
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment loss as of December 31, 2011

  —          (1,039     (4,535     —          —          —          —          —          —          (5,574
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Remaining amortization period (year)

    7.46        2.49        —          0.55        —          5.33        8.33        —          2.60     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(*1) The Group has classified the amortization as manufacturing overhead costs, selling expenses and administrative expenses, and research and development expenses.
(*2) Others mainly consist of rights to use of electricity and gas supply facilities.

 

93


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments

 

  (a) Credit Risk

(i) Exposure to credit risk

The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Cash and cash equivalents

   2,338,661         1,517,977   

Deposits in banks

     315,092         815,000   

Trade accounts and notes receivable, net

     3,334,341         2,740,107   

Other accounts receivable, net

     199,007         212,870   

Available-for-sale financial assets

     2,838         2,838   

Other non-current financial assets

     11,246         —     

Deposits

     62,862         73,468   

Others

     16         695   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   6,264,063         5,362,955   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade accounts and notes receivable at the reporting date by geographic region was as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Domestic

   205,454         56,200   

Euro-zone countries

     415,664         478,650   

Japan

     79,564         60,598   

United States

     1,392,303         777,292   

China

     881,018         1,003,650   

Taiwan

     166,839         279,919   

Others

     193,499         83,798   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   3,334,341         2,740,107   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

94


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

(ii) Impairment loss

The aging of trade accounts and notes receivable at the reporting date was as follows:

 

(In millions of won)    December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  
     Book
value
     Impairment
loss
    Book
value
     Impairment
loss
 

Not past due

   3,298,888         (1,007     2,704,076         (654

Past due 1-15 days

     18,307         (5     7,710         (2

Past due 16-30 days

     12,152         (2     14,327         (2

Past due 31-60 days

     2,829         (3     14,252         (3

Past due more than 60 days

     3,184         (2     405         (2
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   3,335,360         (1,019     2,740,770         (663
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The movement in the allowance for impairment in respect of receivables for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was as follows:

 

(In millions of won)  
     2012      2011  

Balance at the beginning of the year

   663         532   

Bad debt expense

     356         131   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

   1,019         663   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

95


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (b) Liquidity Risk

 

  (i) The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments, as of December 31, 2012.

 

(In millions of won)           Contractual cash flows  
     Carrying
amount
     Total      6 months
or less
     6-12
months
     1-2 years      2-5 years      More than
5 years
 

Non-derivative financial liabilities

                    

Secured bank loan

   53,555         55,153         639         27,417         27,097         —           —     

Unsecured bank loans

     1,783,698         1,951,813         370,949         101,035         489,042         988,780         2,007   

Unsecured bond issues

     2,618,604         2,894,163         628,404         46,847         727,063         1,491,849         —     

Trade accounts and notes payables

     4,147,036         4,147,036         4,147,036         —           —           —           —     

Other accounts payable

     2,641,958         2,642,294         2,642,294         —           —           —           —     

Payment guarantee

     30         30         —           —           30         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   11,244,881         11,690,489         7,789,322         175,299         1,243,232         2,480,629         2,007   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

It is not expected that the cash flows included in the maturity analysis could occur significantly earlier, or at significantly different amounts.

(ii) As of December 31, 2012, there are no derivatives designated as cash flow hedges.

 

96


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (c) Currency Risk

(i) Exposure to currency risk

The Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk based on notional amounts at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions)    December 31, 2012  
     USD     JPY     CNY     TWD     EUR     PLN     SGD  

Cash and cash equivalents

     1,466        7,540        536        2        61        2        —     

Trade accounts and notes receivable

     2,656        433        1,223        —          95        37        —     

Other accounts receivable

     66        95        340        —          1        —          —     

Available-for-sale financial assets

     —          —          —          3        —          —          —     

Other assets denominated in foreign currencies

     1        178        20        11        —          —          1   

Trade accounts payable

     (2,234     (31,162     (1,847     (463     (67     —          —     

Other accounts payable

     (109     (12,948     (725     (8     (38     (8     —     

Debt

     (898     —          (33     —          (5     —          —     

Bonds

     (349     —          —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net exposure

     599        (35,864     (486     (455     47        31        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

97


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

(In millions)    December 31, 2011  
     USD     JPY     CNY     TWD     EUR     PLN     SGD  

Cash and cash equivalents

     822        14,286        439        4,543        40        7        —     

Trade accounts and notes receivable

     2,064        645        1,054        —          42        —          —     

Other accounts receivable

     80        111        134        222        10        —          —     

Available-for-sale financial assets

     5        —          —          49        —          —          —     

Other assets denominated in foreign currencies

     1        182        20        14        —          —          1   

Trade accounts payable

     (1,921     (39,932     (1,629     —          (25     —          —     

Other accounts payable

     (64     (26,169     (401     (166     (84     (10     —     

Other non-current accounts payable

     (13     —          —          —          (26     —          —     

Debt

     (1,044     (6,000     (142     —          (27     —          —     

Bonds

     (347     (9,987     —          —          —          —          —     

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

     (76     —          —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross statement of financial position exposure

     (493     (66,864     (525     4,662        (70     (3     1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Forward exchange contracts

     (160     —          —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net exposure

     (653     (66,864     (525     4,662        (70     (3     1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

98


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

Significant exchange rates applied during the reporting periods are as follows:

 

(In won)    Average rate      Reporting date spot rate  
     2012      2011      December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

USD

     1,126.88         1,108.12         1,071.10         1,153.30   

JPY

     14.13         13.19         12.48         14.85   

CNY

     178.59         171.45         171.88         182.51   

TWD

     38.11         37.71         36.90         38.13   

EUR

     1,448.63         1,541.88         1,416.26         1,494.10   

PLN

     346.41         375.28         348.21         338.65   

SGD

     901.71         881.17         875.48         886.44   

(ii) Sensitivity analysis

A weaker won, as indicated below, against the following currencies which comprise the Group’s assets or liabilities denominated in a foreign currency as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, would have increased (decreased) equity and profit or loss by the amounts shown below. This analysis is based on foreign currency exchange rate variances that the Group considers to be reasonably possible as of the end of the reporting period. The analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular interest rates, would remain constant. The changes in equity and profit (or loss) before tax would have been as follows:

 

(In millions of won)    December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  
     Equity     Profit or
loss
    Equity     Profit or
loss
 

USD (5 percent weakening)

   21,637        32,664        (29,623     (28,032

JPY (5 percent weakening)

     (17,921     (13,935     (40,040     (35,494

CNY (5 percent weakening)

     (4,176     —          (4,830     —     

TWD (5 percent weakening)

     (838     (5     8,974        162   

EUR (5 percent weakening)

     2,491        2,629        (4,900     (1,957

PLN (5 percent weakening)

     537        8        (85     128   

SGD (5 percent weakening)

     16        —          4        —     

A stronger won against the above currencies as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 would have had the equal but opposite effect on the above currencies to the amounts shown above, on the basis that all other variables remain constant.

 

99


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (d) Interest Rate Risk

(i) Profile

The interest rate profile of the Group’s interest-bearing financial instruments at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  

Fixed rate instruments

    

Financial assets

   2,656,591        2,335,815   

Financial liabilities

     (3,077,467     (2,685,175
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   (420,876     (349,360
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Variable rate instruments

    

Financial assets

   —          600   

Financial liabilities

     (1,378,390     (1,925,192
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   (1,378,390     (1,924,592
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(ii) Equity and profit or loss sensitivity analysis for variable rate instruments

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, a change of 100 basis points in interest rates at the reporting date would have increased (decreased) equity and profit or loss before tax by the amounts shown below for the respective following years. This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular foreign currency rates, remain constant.

 

(In millions of won)    Equity      Profit or loss  
     1%
increase
    1%
decrease
     1%
increase
    1%
decrease
 

December 31, 2012

         

Variable rate instruments

   (10,448     10,448         (10,448     10,448   

December 31, 2011

         

Variable rate instruments

   (14,588     14,588         (14,588     14,588   

 

100


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (e) Fair Values

(i) Fair values versus carrying amounts

The fair values of financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts shown in the consolidated statement of financial position, are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)    December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  
     Carrying
amounts
     Fair
values
     Carrying
amounts
     Fair
values
 

Assets carried at fair value

           

Available-for-sale financial assets

   13,463         13,463         11,009         11,009   

Assets carried at amortized cost

           

Cash and cash equivalents

     2,338,661         2,338,661         1,517,977         1,517,977   

Deposits in banks

     315,092         315,092         815,000         815,000   

Trade accounts and notes receivable

     3,334,341         3,334,341         2,740,107         2,740,107   

Other accounts receivable

     199,007         199,007         212,870         212,870   

Other non-current financial assets

     11,246         11,246         —           —     

Deposits

     62,862         62,862         73,468         73,468   

Others

     16         16         695         695   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   6,261,225         6,261,225         5,360,117         5,360,117   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities carried at fair value

           

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

   —           —           87,339         87,339   

Derivatives

     —           —           6,969         6,969   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   —           —           94,308         94,308   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities carried at amortized cost

           

Secured bank loans

   53,555         53,555         57,665         57,665   

Unsecured bank loans

     1,783,698         1,823,514         1,673,387         1,620,010   

Unsecured bond issues

     2,618,604         2,677,038         2,791,976         2,829,206   

Trade accounts and notes payable

     4,147,036         4,147,036         3,782,627         3,782,627   

Other accounts payable

     2,641,958         2,641,901         3,905,496         3,905,496   

Other non-current liabilities

     30         30         53,457         53,379   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   11,244,881         11,343,074         12,264,608         12,248,383   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The basis for determining fair values is disclosed in note 4.

 

101


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (e) Fair Values, Continued

 

(ii) Interest rates used for determining fair value

The significant interest rates applied for determination of the above fair value at the reporting date are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  

Derivatives

     Not applicable        3.90

Debentures, loans and borrowings

     3.69     4.19

(iii) Fair value hierarchy

The table below analyzes financial instruments carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:

 

   

Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

 

   

Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly

 

   

Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data

Financial instruments carried at fair value as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                            
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

December 31, 2012

           

Assets

           

Available-for-sale financial assets

   13,463         —           —           13,463   

 

(In millions of won)                          
     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3      Total  

December 31, 2011

         

Assets

         

Available-for-sale financial assets

   11,009        —          —           11,009   

Liabilities

         

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

   (87,339     —          —           (87,339

Derivatives

     —          (6,969     —           (6,969
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   (87,339     (6,969     —           (94,308
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

102


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (e) Fair Values, Continued

 

The derivative financial liabilities are classified as Level 2 since all significant inputs to compute the fair value of the over-the-counter derivatives were observable.

Changes in Level 3 financial instruments for the year ended December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                 Net realized/unrealized
gains included in
        
     January 1,
2011
     Purchases,
disposal

and others
    Profit or
loss
     Other
comprehensive
income
     Transfer to
other levels
     December 31,
2011
 

December 31, 2011

                

Available-for-sale financial assets

   26,085         (34,257     —           8,172         —           —     

 

103


Table of Contents
14. Financial Liabilities

 

  (a) Financial liabilities at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Current

     

Short-term borrowings

   35,739         22,200   

Current portion of long-term debt

     979,533         778,464   

Current portion of financial liabilities at fair value through profits or loss

     —           87,339   

Derivatives

     —           6,969   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   1,015,272         894,972   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current

     

Won denominated borrowings

   807,005         366,629   

Foreign currency denominated borrowings

     589,105         1,011,734   

Bonds

     2,044,475         2,344,001   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   3,440,585         3,722,364   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The above financial liabilities, except for convertible bonds which are designated as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss and derivative liabilities, are measured at amortized cost.

 

  (b) Short-term borrowings at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won, USD and CNY)                  

Lender

   Annual interest rate
as of
December 31, 2012 (*)
  December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Bank of China and others

   3ML+0.80%, 1.60~6.56%   35,739         21,489   

Hana Bank

   —       —           711   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Foreign currency equivalent

       USD 28         USD 19   
       CNY 31         —     
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     35,739         22,200   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*) ML represents Month LIBOR (London Inter-Bank Offered Rates).

 

104


Table of Contents
14. Financial Liabilities, Continued

 

  (c) Local currency long-term debt at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                 

Lender

   Annual interest rate
as of
December 31, 2012
  December 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Shinhan Bank and others

   3-year Korean Treasury

Bond rate less 1.25%,

2.75%

  16,629        20,817   

National Agricultural Cooperative Federation and others

   4.51%~5.21%, 1-year

Bank bonds rate plus

1.40%

    845,072        350,300   

Less current portion of long-term debt

       (54,696     (4,488
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     807,005        366,629   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (d) Foreign currency long-term debt at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions of won, USD, JPY, CNY and EUR)                 

Lender

   Annual interest rate
as of
December 31, 2012 (*)
  December 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

The Export-Import Bank of Korea

   6ML+0.69%   26,777        40,366   

Kookmin Bank and others

   6ML+1.78%, 3ML+1.70%~2.25%     905,080        1,225,110   

China Communication Bank and others

   3M EURIBOR+0.60%, 90% of

the Basic Rate published

by the People’s Bank of China

    7,956        72,259   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign currency equivalent

       USD 870        USD 1,025   
       CNY 2        CNY 142   
       EUR 5        EUR 27   
       —          JPY 6,000   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less current portion of long-term debt

       (350,708     (326,001
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     589,105        1,011,734   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*) EURIBOR represents Euro Interbank Offered Rates.

 

105


Table of Contents
14. Financial Liabilities, Continued

 

  (e) Details of debentures issued and outstanding at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won, USD and JPY)                          
     Maturity      Annual interest
rate

as  of December
31, 2012
    December 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Local currency Debentures (*1)

         

Publicly issued debentures

    
 
March 2013~
October 2017
  
  
     3.22~5.89   2,250,000        2,250,000   

Less discount on debentures

          (5,579     (6,721

Less current portion of debentures

          (199,946     (299,658
       

 

 

   

 

 

 
        2,044,475        1,943,621   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign currency debentures(*1)

         

Floating-rate bonds

     April 2013         3ML+1.80   374,885        552,171   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign currency equivalent

          USD 350        USD 350   
          —          JPY 10,000   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less discount on bonds

          (702     (3,474

Less current portion of bonds

          (374,183     (148,317
       

 

 

   

 

 

 
        —          400,380   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (*2)

         

Convertible bonds

     —           —        —          87,339   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign currency equivalent

          —          USD76   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less current portion of convertible bonds

          —          (87,339
       

 

 

   

 

 

 
        —          —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 
        2,044,475        2,344,001   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*1) Principal of the local and foreign currency debentures is to be repaid at maturity and interests are paid quarterly in arrears.
(*2) The convertible bonds which were recognized as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss as of December 31, 2011 were repaid at 116.77% of the principal amount on April 18, 2012 upon maturity.

 

106


Table of Contents
15. The Nature of Expenses and Others

The classification of expenses by nature for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
     2012     2011  

Changes in inventories

   (72,637     (102,154

Purchases of raw materials, merchandise and others

     17,993,091        15,714,809   

Depreciation and amortization

     4,469,412        3,651,446   

Labor costs

     2,500,320        2,191,859   

Supplies and others

     883,155        1,027,734   

Utility expense

     675,851        576,085   

Fees and commissions

     443,998        424,545   

Shipping costs

     428,762        313,658   

Outsourcing fees

     197,482        138,638   

After-sale service expenses

     106,391        72,350   

Others

     1,410,235        1,226,215   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   29,036,060        25,235,185   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses consist of cost of sales, selling, administrative, research and development expenses and other non-operating expenses, excluding foreign exchange differences.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, other non-operating income and other non-operating expenses contained exchange differences amounting to ₩1,228,847 million and ₩ 1,095,280 million, respectively (for the year ended December 31, 2011: ₩ 1,190,793 million and ₩ 1,220,143 million, respectively) (note 25).

The expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011 were reclassified to conform to the classification for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

107


Table of Contents
16. Selling and Administrative Expenses

Details of selling and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
     2012      2011  

Salaries

   223,221         202,750   

Expenses related to defined benefit plan

     21,080         20,197   

Other employee benefits

     56,967         63,314   

Shipping costs

     349,691         262,247   

Fees and commissions

     190,207         173,918   

Depreciation

     112,890         59,182   

Taxes and dues

     28,444         31,987   

Advertising

     104,114         136,062   

After-sale service

     106,391         72,350   

Rent

     25,829         28,262   

Insurance

     11,197         8,846   

Travel

     20,518         26,014   

Training

     12,856         17,949   

Others

     44,028         54,383   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   1,307,433         1,157,461   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011 were reclassified to conform to the criteria of classification for the year ended December 31, 2012 as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
     2012     2011  

Selling and administrative expenses before the reclassification

   1,449,487        1,292,756   

Reclassification items

    

Amortization(*)

     (142,051     (134,826

Reversal of stock compensation expense

     (3     (469
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selling and administrative expenses after the reclassification

   1,307,433        1,157,461   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(*) Amortization expense of capitalized development costs is reclassified as research and development expense.

 

108


Table of Contents
17. Employee Benefits

The Group’s primary defined benefit plan provides a lump-sum payment to an employee based on final salary rates and length of service at the time the employee leaves the Controlling Company.

 

  (a) Recognized liabilities for defined benefit obligations at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
      December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  

Present value of partially funded defined benefit obligations

   672,370        486,891   

Fair value of plan assets

     (491,730     (340,253
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   180,640        146,638   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (b) Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
      2012     2011  

Opening defined benefit obligations

   486,891        360,540   

Current service cost

     130,160        107,338   

Interest cost

     22,909        18,985   

Actuarial losses on plan liabilities (before tax)

     75,921        24,984   

Benefit payments

     (40,913     (24,429

Transfers from related parties

     (2,598     (527
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing defined benefit obligations

   672,370        486,891   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (c) Changes in fair value of plan assets for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
     2012     2011  

Opening fair value of plan assets

   340,253        281,825   

Expected return on plan assets

     14,190        12,353   

Actuarial gains on plan assets (before tax)

     199        1,256   

Contributions by employer directly to plan assets

     160,000        60,000   

Benefit payments

     (22,912     (15,181
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing fair value of plan assets

   491,730        340,253   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

109


Table of Contents
17. Employee Benefits, Continued

 

  (d) Plan assets at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
      December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Deposits with financial institutions

   491,730         340,253   

As of December 31, 2012, plan assets mainly consist of deposits in banks, which guarantee the payment of their principal and interest. The Company expects to make a contribution of ₩ 95,361 million to the defined benefit plans during the next financial year.

 

  (e) Expenses recognized in profit or loss for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)    2012     2011  

Current service cost

   130,160        107,338   

Interest cost

     22,909        18,985   

Expected return on plan assets

     (14,190     (12,353
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   138,879        113,970   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses are recognized in the following line items in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income:

 

(In millions of won)    2012      2011  

Cost of sales

   108,801         87,044   

Selling expenses

     10,087         8,333   

Administrative expenses

     10,195         10,123   

Research and development expenses

     9,796         8,470   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   138,879         113,970   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (f) Cumulative amount of actuarial loss, net of income taxes, recognized in other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)    2012     2011  

Cumulative amount at January 1

   (28,950     (11,277

Recognized during the period

     (57,574     (17,673
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cumulative amount at December 31

   (86,524     (28,950
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

110


Table of Contents
17. Employee Benefits, Continued

 

  (g) Principal actuarial assumptions at the reporting date (expressed as weighted averages) are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2012   December 31, 2011

Expected rate of salary increase

   5.1%   5.6%

Discount rate for defined benefit obligations

   4.0%   4.9%

Expected long-term rate of return on assets

   4.0%   4.3%

The expected long-term rate of return is based on the portfolio as a whole and not on the sum of the returns on individual asset categories.

Assumptions regarding future mortality are based on published statistics and mortality tables. The current mortality underlying the values of the liabilities in the defined benefit plans are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2012   December 31, 2011

Twenties

   Males    0.01%   0.02%
   Females    0.00%   0.01%

Thirties

   Males    0.02%   0.02%
   Females    0.01%   0.01%

Forties

   Males    0.04%   0.04%
   Females    0.02%   0.02%

Fifties

   Males    0.08%   0.09%
   Females    0.04%   0.05%

 

111


Table of Contents
18. Provisions and Other Liabilities

Changes in provisions for the year ended December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                          
     Litigations
and claims
(*1)
    Warranties
(*2)
    Others      Total  

Balance of January 1, 2012

     222,703        61,657        443         284,803   

Additions

     445,421        78,526        1,083         525,030   

Usage and reclassification

   (467,535     (84,799     —           (552,334
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

     200,589        55,384        1,526         257,499   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

There of non-current

     —          6,515        —           6,515   

 

(*1) The Group expects that the provision for litigation and claims will be utilized in the next year.
(*2) The provision for warranties covers defective products and is normally applicable for eighteen months from the date of purchase. The warranty liability is calculated by using historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims, and costs per claim to satisfy the Group’s warranty obligation.

Other liabilities at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Current liabilities

     

Withholdings

   22,929         14,808   

Unearned revenues

     4,732         4,744   

Share-based payment liabilities

     —           4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   27,661         19,556   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

     

Long-term accrued expenses

   319,499         333,459   

Long-term other accounts payable

     30         226,496   

Long-term unearned revenues

     12,226         16,958   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   331,755         576,913   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

112


Table of Contents
19. Commitments

Factoring and securitization of accounts receivable

The Controlling Company has agreements with Korea Development Bank and several other banks for accounts receivable sales negotiating facilities of up to an aggregate of USD 1,478 million (₩ 1,583,600 million) and JPY 5,000 million (₩ 62,375 million) in connection with its export sales transactions with its subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2012, no accounts and notes receivable were sold but are not past due. In connection with all of the contracts in this paragraph, the Controlling Company has sold its accounts receivable with recourse.

In June 2009 and January 2011, LG Display Singapore Pte. Ltd., the Controlling Company’s subsidiary, entered into agreements with Standard Chartered Bank and Citibank for accounts receivable sales negotiating facilities of up to an aggregate of USD 250 million (₩ 267,775 million) and USD 100 million (₩ 107,110 million), respectively. As of December, accounts and notes receivable amounting to USD 250 million (₩ 267,494 million) were sold, with none of the underlying accounts and notes receivable being past due under the agreement with Standard Chartered Bank when no accounts and notes receivable were sold, but not past due under the agreement with Citibank. In June 2009, June 2011 and July 2011, LG Display Taiwan Co., Ltd. entered into agreements with Taishin International Bank, BNP Paribas and Chinatrust Commercial Bank for accounts receivable sales negotiating facilities of up to an aggregate of USD 970 million (₩ 1,038,967 million), USD 65 million (₩ 69,622 million) and USD 168 million (₩ 179,945 million), respectively, and, as of December 31, 2012, accounts and notes receivable amounting to USD 243 million (₩ 260,520 million), USD 96 million (₩ 102,933 million) were sold, with none of the underlying accounts and notes receivable being past due under the agreements with Taishin International Bank and Chinatrust Commercial Bank, respectively. In addition, in December 2010, LG Display Taiwan Co., Ltd. entered into agreements with Citibank and Standard Chartered Bank and in December 2012, with Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation for accounts receivable sales negotiating facilities of up to an aggregate of USD 222 million (₩ 237,784 million), USD 200 million
(₩ 214,220 million), and USD 100 million (₩ 107,110 million), respectively, and, as of December 31, 2012, accounts and notes receivable amounting to USD 124 million (₩ 133,029 million), USD 120 million (₩ 128,035 million), and USD 20 million (₩ 21,462 million) were sold, with none of the underlying accounts and notes receivable being past due, respectively. In December 2010 and in December 2012, LG Display Shanghai Co., Ltd. entered into agreements with BNP Paribas and Hongkong & Shanghai Banking Corp. for accounts receivable sales negotiating facilities of up to an aggregate of USD 130 million (₩ 139,243 million) and USD 100 million (₩ 107,110 million), respectively, and as of December 31, 2012, accounts and notes receivable amounting to USD 118 million (₩ 126,660 million) and USD 43 million (₩ 45,953 million) were sold, with none of the underlying accounts and notes receivable being past due, respectively. In July 2009, LG Display Shenzhen Co., Ltd. and LG Display Shanghai Co., Ltd. entered into agreements with Bank of China Limited, and, as of December 31, 2012, accounts and notes receivable amounting to USD 259 million (₩ 277,287 million) were sold, with none of the underlying accounts and notes receivable being past due. In June 2010, LG Display Germany GmbH entered into an agreement with Citibank for accounts receivable sales negotiating facilities of up to an aggregate of USD 307 million (₩ 328,828 million), and, as of December 31, 2012, accounts and notes receivable amounting to USD 133 million (₩ 142,395 million) were sold, with none of the underlying accounts and notes receivable being past due. In addition, LG Display Germany GmbH started forfaiting from September, 2011 and accounts and notes receivable amounting to USD 12 million (₩ 12,514 million) were sold, with none of the underlying accounts and notes receivable being past due. In March 2011, LG Display America, Inc. entered into agreements with Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited and Standard Chartered Bank for accounts receivable sales negotiating facilities of up to an aggregate of USD 80 million (₩ 85,688 million) and USD 50 million (₩ 53,555 million), respectively, and, as of December 31, 2012, accounts and notes receivable amounting to USD 80 million (₩ 85,650 million) and USD 13 million (₩ 14,105 million) were sold, with none of the underlying accounts and notes receivable being past due, respectively. In addition, in June 2011, LG Display America, Inc. has entered into an agreement with Citibank for accounts receivable sales negotiating facilities of up to an aggregate of USD 200 million (₩ 214,220 million) and as of December 31, 2012, accounts and notes receivable amounting to USD 200

 

113


Table of Contents
19. Commitments, Continued

 

million (₩ 214,117 million) were sold, with none of the underlying accounts and notes receivable being past due. In August 2011, LG Display Japan Co., Ltd. entered into an agreement with Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation for accounts receivable sales negotiating facilities of up to an aggregate of USD 90 million (₩ 96,399 million) and, as of December 31, 2012, accounts and notes receivable amounting to USD 1 million (₩ 1,102 million) were sold, with none of the underlying accounts and notes receivable being past due. The Controlling Company has a credit facility agreement with Shinhan Bank pursuant to which the Controlling Company could sell its accounts receivables up to an aggregate of ₩ 50,000 million in connection with its domestic sales transactions and, as of December 31, 2012, no accounts and notes receivable were sold but not past due. In addition, the Controlling Company entered into agreements with Standard Chartered Bank for accounts receivable sales negotiating facilities of up to USD 50 million (₩ 53,555 million) and USD 23 million (₩ 24,635 million), in April 2011 and November 2012, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, accounts and notes receivable amounting to USD 16 million (₩ 16,598 million) and USD 1 million (₩ 1,024 million) were sold to Standard Chartered Bank, with none of the underlying accounts and notes receivable being past due. In connection with all of the contracts in this paragraph, the Group has sold its accounts receivable without recourse.

Letters of credit

As of December 31, 2012, the Controlling Company has agreements with Korea Exchange Bank in relation to the opening of letters of credit up to USD 15 million (₩ 16,067 million), USD 15 million (₩ 16,067 million) with China Construction Bank, JPY 1,500 million (₩ 18,713 million) with Woori Bank, USD 70 million (₩ 74,977 million) with Bank of China, USD 60 million (₩ 64,266 million) with Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, USD 15 million (₩ 16,067 million) with Hana Bank and USD 30 million (₩ 32,133 million) with Shinhan Bank.

Payment guarantees

The Controlling Company obtained payment guarantees amounting to USD 8.5 million (₩ 9,104 million) and EUR 215 million (₩ 304,496 million) from Royal Bank of Scotland and other various banks for a number of occasions, including value added tax payments in Poland. As of December 31, 2012, the Controlling Company is providing a payment guarantee to a syndicate of banks including Kookmin Bank, Societe Generale and others in connection with a EUR 5 million (₩ 7,626 million) term loan credit facility of LG Display Poland Sp. zo.o. In addition, the Controlling Company provides a payment guarantee in connection with LG Display America Inc.’s term loan credit facilities with an aggregate amount of USD 7 million (₩ 7,498 million) for principals and related interests.

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd. and other subsidiaries are provided with payment guarantees from the Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ and other various banks amounting to USD 5 million (₩ 5,356 million), JPY 1,300 million (₩ 16,218 million), CNY 800 million (₩ 137,504 million) and PLN 0.2 million (₩ 70 million) respectively, for their local tax payments.

Credit facility agreements

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd. and other subsidiaries have entered into short-term credit facility agreements of up to USD 40 million (₩ 42,844 million), and JPY 8,000 million (₩ 99,800 million) in total, with Mizuho Corporate Bank and other various banks. As of December 31, 2012, no amounts under the credit facilities are outstanding.

 

114


Table of Contents
19. Commitments, Continued

License agreements

As of December 31, 2012, in relation to its TFT-LCD business, the Controlling Company has technical license agreements with Hitachi Display, Ltd. and others and has a trademark license agreement with LG Corp.

Long-term supply agreement

In connection with long-term supply agreements, as of December 31, 2012, the Controlling Company’s advances received from a customer amount to USD 1,380 million (₩ 1,478,118 million) in aggregate. The advances received will be offset against outstanding accounts receivable balances after a given period of time, as well as those arising from the supply of products thereafter. The Controlling Company received a payment guarantee amounting to USD 300 million (₩ 321,330 million) from the Industrial Bank of Korea relating to advances received.

Pledged Assets

Regarding the secured bank loan amounting to USD 50 million (₩ 53,555 million), the Controlling Company provided part of its OLED manufacturing machinery as pledged assets to the Export-Import Bank of Korea.

 

20. Contingencies

Patent infringement lawsuit against Chimei Innolux Corp. and others

In 2006, the Controlling Company filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware against Chimei Innolux Corp. (formerly, Chi Mei Optoelectronics Corp.) and AU Optronics Corp. claiming infringement of patents related to liquid crystal displays and the manufacturing processes for TFT-LCDs. Both AU Optronics Corp. and Chimei Innolux Corp. filed counter-claims against the Controlling Company claiming infringement of the patents. In September 2011, the Controlling Company and AU Optronics Corp. filed a stipulation for dismissal of the Delaware case and amicably settled the claims and counterclaims between the two parties. In May 2012, for the Controlling Company and Chimei Innolux Corp., the charge was dropped after the two parties amicably settled the claims.

Anvik Corporation’s lawsuit for infringement of patent

In 2007, Anvik Corporation filed a patent infringement case against the Controlling Company, along with other LCD manufacturing companies in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, in connection with the usage of photo-masking equipment manufactured by Nikon Corporation. The court granted Nikon Corporation’s motion for summary judgment of invalidity of the patents-in-suit and entered a judgment in favor of Nikon Corporation, the Controlling Company and LG Display America, Inc. and other TFT-LCD manufacturing companies, dismissing the case in April 2012. In April 2012, Anvik Corporation appealed the court’s decision to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit.

 

115


Table of Contents
20. Contingencies, Continued

Industrial Technology Research Institute of Taiwan’s action for patent infringement

In 2012, the United States International Trade Commission (“USITC”) granted a motion by Industrial Technology Research Institute of Taiwan (“ITRI”) to add the Controlling Company and LG Display America as additional respondents in an investigation under Section 337 of the United States Tariff Act (In the Matter of Certain Devices for Improving Uniformity Used in a Backlight Module and Components Thereof and Products Containing the Same, Investigation No. 337-TA-805). ITRI is seeking an exclusion order which prohibits the importation of televisions and monitors incorporating the Controlling Company’s products into the United States for alleged patent infringement. On October 22, 2012, USITC issued a Notice of Initial Determination finding that LG Display Co., Ltd. and LG Display America, Inc. did not infringe the asserted patent of ITRI. The Final Determination is scheduled to be issued on June 28, 2013.

Patent Infringement Litigations and Invalidity Proceedings Between the Controlling Company and Samsung Display Co., Ltd. and Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.

In September 2012, the Controlling Company filed a complaint in the Seoul Central District Court against Samsung Display Co., Ltd. (“SSD”) and Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. (“SSE”) claiming infringement of seven patents related to OLED display technology and relevant manufacturing methods and seeking monetary compensation. As a response, SSD requested for an invalidity proceeding over the identical seven patents in the Korean Intellectual Property Tribunal. Furthermore, in December 2012, SSD filed a complaint in the Seoul Central District Court against the Controlling Company and LG Electronics Co., Ltd. (“LGE”) claiming infringement of seven patents related to LCD technology and seeking monetary compensation. In the same month, the Controlling Company filed a complaint in the Seoul Central District Court against SSD and SSE claiming infringement of three patents related to In-Plane Switching (“IPS”) technology and relevant manufacturing methods and seeking an injunctive relief to ban all use of such patented technology as well as monetary compensation of ₩ 1 billion, approximately USD 1 million for each non-compliance by SSD and SSE. As a response, SSD requested an invalidity proceeding over the identical three patents in the Korean Intellectual Property Tribunal.

Request for arbitration of Arkema France and its subsidiary regarding termination of a contract with the Controlling Company

In October 2012, Arkema France (“Arkema”) and its subsidiary filed a request for arbitration in the International Court of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce regarding termination of a contract with the Controlling Company. The Controlling Company is currently defending against Arkema’s claims.

Anti-trust investigations and litigations

In December 2006, the Controlling Company received notices of investigation by the Korea Fair Trade Commission, the Japan Fair Trade Commission, the U.S. Department of Justice, and the European Commission with respect to possible anti-competitive activities in the TFT-LCD industry. The Controlling Company subsequently received similar notices from the Canadian Bureau of Competition Policy, the Federal Competition Commission of Mexico, the Secretariat of Economic Law of Brazil and the Taiwan Fair Trade Commission.

 

116


Table of Contents
20. Contingencies, Continued

In November 2008, the Controlling Company executed an agreement with the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) whereby the Controlling Company and its U.S. subsidiary, LG Display America, Inc. (“LGDUS”), pleaded guilty to a Sherman Antitrust Act violation and agreed to pay a single total fine of USD 400 million. In December 2008, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California accepted the terms of the plea agreement and entered a judgment against the Controlling Company and LGDUS and ordered the payment of USD 400 million. The agreement resolved all federal criminal charges against the Controlling Company and LGDUS in the United States in connection with this matter.

In December 2010, the European Commission (“the EC”) issued a decision finding that the Controlling Company engaged in anti-competitive activities in the LCD industry in violation of European competition laws and imposed a fine of EUR 215 million. In February 2011, the Controlling Company filed with the European Union General Court an application for partial annulment and reduction of the fine imposed by the EC. The European Union General Court has not ruled on the Controlling Company’s application. In November 2011, the Controlling Company received an additional Request for Information from the EC relating to the alleged anti-competitive activities in the LCD industry and is responding to the request.

In November 2009, the Taiwan Fair Trade Commission terminated its investigation without any finding of violations or levying of fines. Also, in February 2012, the Competition Bureau of Canada terminated its investigation against the Controlling Company without any finding of violations or levying of fines. To date no decision has been issued by the Japan Fair Trade Commission, and we believe the statutory time period by which the Commission was required to have issued a decision has already lapsed. To date investigations by the Federal Competition Commission of Mexico and the Secretariat of Economic Law of Brazil are ongoing.

In August 2011, the Korea Fair Trade Commission issued an Examination Report finding that the Controlling Company engaged in anti-competitive activities in violation of Korean fair trade laws and a hearing was held in October 2011. In December 2011, the Korea Fair Trade Commission imposed a fine on the Controlling Company and certain of its subsidiaries of approximately
₩ 31,378 million, and the Controlling Company filed an appeal of the decision with the Seoul High Court in December 2011. To date the Seoul High Court has not ruled on the Controlling Company’s appeal.

Subsequent to the commencement of the DOJ investigation, a number of class action complaints were filed against the Controlling Company and other TFT-LCD panel manufacturers in the U.S. and Canada alleging violation of respective antitrust laws and related laws. The class action lawsuits in the U.S. were transferred to the Northern District of California for pretrial proceedings (“MDL Proceedings”). In March 2010, the court certified the class action complaints filed by direct purchasers and indirect purchasers. 78 entities (including groups of affiliated entities) submitted requests for exclusion from the direct purchaser class. The time period for submitting requests for exclusion from the indirect purchaser class expired on April 13, 2012. Ten entities (including groups and affiliated entities) submitted requests for exclusion from the indirect purchaser class. In addition, since 2010, the attorneys general of Arkansas, California, Florida, Illinois, Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, New York, Oklahoma, Oregon, South Carolina, Washington, West Virginia and Wisconsin filed complaints against the Controlling Company, alleging similar antitrust violations as alleged in the MDL Proceedings. In June 2011, the Controlling Company reached a settlement with the direct purchaser class, which the federal district court approved in December 2011. In July 2012, the Controlling Company reached a settlement with the indirect purchaser class and with the state attorneys general of Arkansas, California, Florida, Michigan, Missouri, New York, West Virginia, and Wisconsin, which is subject to court approval.

 

117


Table of Contents
20. Contingencies, Continued

 

Apart from the direct and indirect purchaser class actions, individual plaintiffs filed complaints in various state or federal courts in the United States alleging violation of the respective antitrust laws and related laws by various LCD panel manufacturers. To date, the Controlling Company is currently defending against 33 Direct Action Plaintiffs including Motorola Mobility, Inc., Electrograph Technologies Corp. and its affiliates, TracFone Wireless Inc., Best Buy Co., Inc. and its affiliates, Target Corp., Sears, Roebuck and Co., Kmart Corp., Old Comp Inc., Good Guys, Inc., RadioShack Corp., Newegg Inc., Costco Wholesale Corp., Sony Electronics, Inc. and its affiliates, SB Liquidation Trust, Office Depot, Inc., Interbond Corp. of America (BrandsMart), Jaco Electronics, Inc., P.C. Richard & Son Long Island Corp., MARTA Cooperative of America, Inc., ABC Appliance (ABC Warehouse), Schultze Agency Services, LLC (Tweeter), AASI Creditor Liquidating Trust for All American Semiconductor Inc., Tech Data Corp. and its affiliate, CompuCom Systems, Inc., View Sonic Corp., NECO Alliance LLC, Rockwell Automation Inc., Proview Technology, Inc. and its affiliates, and the attorneys general of Illinois, Washington, Oregon, South Carolina, and Mississippi.

In Canada, the Ontario Superior Court of Justice certified the class action complaints filed by the direct and indirect purchasers in May 2011. The Controlling Company is pursuing an appeal of the decision as well as defending the on-going class actions in Quebec and British Columbia.

In December 2012, the National Development and Reform Commission of China issued a decision finding that the Controlling Company engaged in anti-competitive activities in the LCD industry in violation of Chinese laws and imposed a fine of RMB 118 million (₩ 20,334 million). The Controlling Company has agreed to pay the imposed fine and resolved its charges against the Controlling Company.

While the Group continues its vigorous defense of the various pending proceedings described above, there is a possibility that one or more proceedings may result in an unfavorable outcome to the Group. For certain cases described above, management is not able to estimate the potential estimated loss if the final outcome of the cases is unfavorable to the Group as the cases are in early stage and management does not have sufficient information to estimate the amount of possible loss. Otherwise the Group has established provisions with respect to certain of the contingencies, considering factors such as the nature of the litigation, claim, or assessment, the progress of the case and the opinions or views of legal counsel and other advisers. These estimates have been based on our assessment of the facts and circumstances at each reporting date and are subject to change materially based upon new information, intervening events and the final outcome of the cases.

 

21. Capital and Reserves

 

  (a) Share capital

The Controlling Company is authorized to issue 500,000,000 shares of capital stock (par value ₩ 5,000), and as of December 31, 2012, the number of issued common shares is 357,815,700.

There have been no changes in the capital stock from January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2012.

 

  (b) Reserves

Translation reserve

The translation reserve comprises all foreign currency differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign operations.

Fair value reserve

The fair value reserve comprises the cumulative net change in the fair value of available-for-sale financial assets until the investments are derecognized or impaired.

 

118


Table of Contents
22. Related Parties

 

  (a) Key management personnel compensation

Compensation costs of key management for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
     2012      2011  

Short-term benefits

   1,567         1,529   

Expenses related to the defined benefit plan

     173         396   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   1,740         1,925   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Key management refers to the registered directors who have significant control and responsibilities over the Controlling Company’s operations and business.

 

  (b) Significant transactions with related companies

Significant transactions such as sales of goods and purchases of raw material and outsourcing service and others, which occurred in the normal course of business with related parties for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
     Sales and others      Purchases and others  
     2012      2011      2012      2011  

Joint ventures

   663,297         755,643         147,904         1,174   

Associates

     7,396         6,158         2,526,062         1,812,826   

LG Electronics

     6,170,017         4,819,737         245,364         345,919   

Other related parties

     41         41         39,042         37,633   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   6,840,751         5,581,579         2,958,372         2,197,552   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Account balances with related parties at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                            
     Trade accounts and
notes receivable and others
     Trade accounts and
notes payable and others
 
     December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Joint ventures

   92,870         130,217         168,620         340,073   

Associates

     521         3         610,427         697,539   

LG Electronics

     658,516         497,747         67,867         98,487   

Other related parties

     —           —           3,621         3,632   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   751,907         627,967         850,535         1,139,731   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

119


Table of Contents
23. Geographic and Other Information

The Group manufactures and sells TFT-LCD and Active Matrix (“AM”)-OLED products. Sales of AM-OLED products are insignificant to total sales. International sales represent approximately 93% of total sales for the year ended December 31, 2012 (2011: 92%).

The following is a summary of sales by region based on the location of the customers for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

(a) Revenue by geography

 

(In millions of won)       

Region

   2012      2011  

Domestic

   2,149,646         1,963,501   

Foreign

     

China

     16,766,696         14,292,700   

Asia (excluding China)

     2,900,738         2,291,916   

United States

     3,209,225         2,216,695   

Europe

     4,403,363         3,526,477   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   27,280,022         22,327,788   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   29,429,668         24,291,289   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sales to Company A and Company B constituted 23% and 22% of total revenue, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2012 (2011: 20% and 17%). The Group’s top ten end-brand customers together accounted for 71% of sales for the year ended December 31, 2012 (2011: 71%).

(b) Non-current assets by geography

 

(In millions of won)  

Region

   December 31, 2012  
   Property, plant and
equipment
     Intangible assets  

Domestic

   12,002,578         488,678   

Foreign

     

China

     939,929         7,499   

Others

     165,004         1,425   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sub total

   1,104,933         8,924   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   13,107,511         497,602   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(In millions of won)  

Region

   December 31, 2011  
   Property, plant and
equipment
     Intangible assets  

Domestic

   13,528,286         520,023   

Foreign

     

China

     1,009,959         15,045   

Others

     158,604         46   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sub total

   1,168,563         15,091   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   14,696,849         535,114   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

120


Table of Contents
23. Geographic and Other Information, Continued

 

  (c) Revenue by product and services

 

(In millions of won)              

Product

   2012      2011  

Panels for:

     

Notebook computers

   6,997,833         5,120,421   

Desktop monitors

     5,039,066         4,975,379   

TFT-LCD televisions

     13,511,535         11,579,129   

Mobile and others

     3,881,234         2,616,360   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   29,429,668         24,291,289   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

24. Revenue

Details of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
     2012      2011  

Sales of goods

   29,302,389         24,214,709   

Royalties

     37,783         60,594   

Others

     89,496         15,986   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   29,429,668         24,291,289   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

121


Table of Contents
25. Other Non-operating Income and Other Non-operating Expenses

(a) Details of other non-operating income for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)       
     2012      2011  

Rental income

   7,253         6,325   

Foreign currency gain

     1,228,847         1,190,793   

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

     5,925         740   

Reversal of allowance for doubtful accounts for other receivables

     521         —     

Commission earned

     3,867         8,630   

Others

     14,529         16,588   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   1,260,942         1,223,076   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(b) Details of other non-operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)       
     2012      2011  

Other bad debt expense

   9         849   

Foreign currency loss

     1,095,280         1,220,143   

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

     3,728         862   

Impairment loss on property, plant, and equipment

     —           3,589   

Loss on disposal of intangible assets

     704         1,588   

Impairment loss on intangible assets

     40,012         5,574   

Donations

     15,350         16,564   

Expenses related to legal proceedings or claims and others

     458,957         151,322   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   1,614,040         1,400,491   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

26. Personnel Expenses

Details of personnel expenses for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)       
     2012     2011  

Salaries and wages

   2,006,603        1,719,035   

Other employee benefits

     397,122        383,197   

Contributions to National Pension plan

     59,332        54,118   

Expenses related to defined benefit plan

     138,879        113,970   

Reversal of stock compensation cost

     (3     (469
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   2,601,933        2,269,851   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

122


Table of Contents
27. Finance Income and Finance Costs

 

  (a) Finance income and costs recognized in profit or loss for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
     2012      2011  

Finance income

     

Interest income

   28,859         58,430   

Dividend income

     482         131   

Foreign currency gain

     260,265         148,144   

Gain on disposal of investments in equity accounted investees

     3,566         551   

Gain on valuation of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

     —           10   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   293,172         207,266   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Finance costs

     

Interest expense

   187,589         144,927   

Foreign currency loss

     193,483         180,395   

Loss on redemption of debentures

     1,524         —     

Loss on disposal of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

     —           774   

Loss on valuation of financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

     —           1,935   

Loss on impairment of available-for-sale securities

     6,392         —     

Loss on disposal of available-for-sale securities

     5,272         354   

Loss on disposal of investments in equity accounted investees

     —           321   

Loss on impairment of investments in equity accounted investees

     10,005         14,244   

Loss on sale of trade accounts and notes receivable

     32,431         20,359   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   436,696         363,309   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Finance income and costs recognized in other comprehensive income or loss for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)       
     2012     2011  

Cumulative translation differences

   (86,320     47,443   

Net change in unrealized fair value of available-for-sale financial assets

     4,764        2,700   

Tax effect

     (1,043     (1,101
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance income (costs) recognized in other comprehensive income after tax

   (82,599     49,042   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

123


Table of Contents
28. Income Taxes

 

  (a) Details of income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
     2012      2011  

Current tax expense

   75,946         57,530   

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

     146,234         (350,594
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

   222,180         (293,064
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Income taxes recognized directly in other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)    2012  
     Before tax     Tax (expense)
benefit
    Net of tax  

Gain on valuation of available-for-sale securities

   4,764        (974     3,790   

Defined benefit plan actuarial loss

     (75,899     18,325        (57,574

Cumulative translation differences

     (86,320     (69     (86,389

Gain on sale of own shares of associates accounted for using the equity method

     (48     —          (48
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   (157,503     17,282        (140,221
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(In millions of won)    2011  
     Before tax     Tax (expense)
benefit
    Net of tax  

Gain on valuation of available-for-sale securities

   2,700        (996     1,704   

Defined benefit plan actuarial loss

     (23,732     6,059        (17,673

Cumulative translation differences

     47,443        (105     47,338   

Loss on sales of own shares of associates accounted for using the equity method

     (214     —          (214
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   26,197        4,958        31,155   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

124


Table of Contents
28. Income Taxes, Continued

 

  (c) Reconciliation of the actual effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)    2012     2011  

Profit (loss) for the year

            236,345          (787,895

Income tax expense (benefit)

       222,180          (293,064
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Profit (loss) excluding income tax

       458,525          (1,080,959
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income tax (benefit) using the Controlling Company’s domestic tax rate

     24.20     110,963        24.20     (261,592

Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions

     3.53     16,171        (0.30 )%      3,259   

Non-deductible expenses

     5.43     24,882        (2.18 )%      23,560   

Tax credits

     (26.85 )%      (123,126     22.97     (248,331

Change in unrecognized deferred tax assets

     43.09     197,569        (17.41 )%      188,190   

Change in tax rates

     0.35     1,593        0.71     (7,689

Others

     (1.28 )%      (5,872     (0.88 )%      9,539   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Actual income tax expense (benefit)

            222,180          (293,064
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Actual effective tax rate

       48.46       27.11

 

29. Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

 

  (a) Unrecognized deferred tax liabilities

As of December 31, 2012, in relation to the temporary differences on investments in subsidiaries amounting to ₩ 165,434 million, the Controlling Company did not recognize deferred tax liabilities since the Controlling Company is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

 

  (b) Unrecognized deferred tax assets

The Controlling Company did not recognize deferred income taxes on temporary differences related to the cumulative losses of a subsidiary, as the possibility of recovering the deferred tax assets amounting to ₩ 431,471 million, through events such as disposing of the related investments in the foreseeable future, is less than probable.

 

  (c) Unused tax credit carryforwards for which no deferred tax asset is recognized

Realization of deferred tax assets related to tax credit carryforwards is dependent on whether sufficient taxable income will be generated prior to their expiration. As of December 31, 2012, the Controlling Company recognized deferred tax assets of ₩ 699,529 million, in relation to tax credit carryforwards, to the extent that management believes the realization is probable. The amount of unused tax credit carryforwards for which no deferred tax asset is recognized and their expiration dates are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)    December 31  
     2013      2014      2015  

Tax credit carryforwards

   135,960         206,539         86,101   

 

125


Table of Contents
29. Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities, Continued

 

  (d) Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

 

(In millions of won)    Assets      Liabilities     Total  
     December,
31, 2012
     December,
31, 2011
     December,
31, 2012
    December,
31, 2011
    December,
31, 2012
    December,
31, 2011
 

Other accounts receivable, net

   —           —           (2,063     (3,738     (2,063     (3,738

Inventories, net

     10,075         15,915         —          —          10,075        15,915   

Available-for-sale financial assets

     285         1,259         —          —          285        1,259   

Defined benefit obligation

     38,573         21,877         —          —          38,573        21,877   

Investments in equity accounted investees

     7,619         4,307         —          —          7,619        4,307   

Accrued expenses

     81,802         72,965         —          —          81,802        72,965   

Property, plant and equipment

     171,881         133,720         —          —          171,881        133,720   

Intangible assets

     2,488         1,105         —          —          2,488        1,105   

Provisions

     12,979         11,618         —          —          12,979        11,618   

Gain or loss on foreign currency translation, net

     5,340         13,616         (958     (31,313     4,382        (17,697

Debentures

     —           6,059         —          —          —          6,059   

Others

     34,344         18,974         (220     (715     34,124        18,259   

Tax losses

     233,139         329,068         —          —          233,139        329,068   

Tax credit carryforwards

     699,529         829,048         —          —          699,529        829,048   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets (liabilities)

   1,298,054         1,459,531         (3,241     (35,766     1,294,813        1,423,765   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

126


Table of Contents
29. Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities, Continued

 

  (e) Changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                                           
     January
1, 2011
    Profit
or loss
    Other
compre-
hensive
income
    December
31, 2011
    Profit
or loss
    Other
compre-
hensive
income
    December
31, 2012
 

Other accounts receivable, net

   (5,919     2,181        —          (3,738     1,675        —          (2,063

Inventories, net

     17,942        (2,027     —          15,915        (5,840     —          10,075   

Available-for-sale financial assets

     (4,784     7,039        (996     1,259        —          (974     285   

Defined benefit obligation

     3,829        11,989        6,059        21,877        (1,629     18,325        38,573   

Investments in equity accounted investees

     12,041        (7,734     —          4,307        3,312        —          7,619   

Derivative instruments

     (2,008     2,008        —          —          —          —          —     

Accrued expenses

     78,396        (5,431     —          72,965        8,837        —          81,802   

Property, plant and equipment

     112,286        21,434        —          133,720        38,161        —          171,881   

Intangible assets

     —          1,105        —          1,105        1,383        —          2,488   

Provisions

     17,962        (6,344     —          11,618        1,361        —          12,979   

Gain or loss on foreign currency translation, net

     20,044        (37,741     —          (17,697     22,079        —          4,382   

Debentures

     5,049        1,010        —          6,059        (6,059     —          —     

Others

     18,128        236        (105     18,259        15,934        (69     34,124   

Tax losses

     —          329,068        —          329,068        (95,929     —          233,139   

Tax credit carryforwards

     795,247        33,801        —          829,048        (129,519     —          699,529   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets (liabilities)

   1,068,213        350,594        4,958        1,423,765        (146,234     17,282        1,294,813   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (f) Changes in minimum tax rate for the subsequent period

On January 1, 2013, the Tax Reduction and Exemption Control Act in Korea was amended so that the minimum tax rate applied to taxable income in excess of ₩ 100 billion for the Controlling Company after 2013 was revised from 14% to 16%. As of December 31, 2012, the Controlling Company applied 14% as the minimum tax rate when measuring the amount of tax credit related deferred tax assets for which it is probable that the related tax benefit will be realized. If the Controlling Company applied the 16% of minimum tax rate, the unused tax credit for which no deferred tax asset is recognized as disclosed in note 29 (c) would have amounted to ₩ 558,411 million.

 

127


Table of Contents
30. Earnings (Loss) per Share

 

  (a) Basic earnings (loss) per share for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In won and No. of shares)    2012      2011  

Profit (loss) attributable to owners of the Controlling Company

   233,204,398,428         (771,222,702,492

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding

     357,815,700         357,815,700   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share

   652         (2,155
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no events or transactions that resulted in changes in the number of common shares used for calculating earnings (loss) per share from January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2012.

 

  (b) Diluted earnings per share is not calculated since there was no potential common stock for the years ended December 31, 2012. In addition, there is no effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares due to the Controlling Company’s net loss for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

  (c) The number of dilutive potential ordinary shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2011 is as follows:

 

     Common shares
to be issued
     Period    Weight    Weighted-average number of
common shares to be issued
 

Unconverted convertible bond

     1,286,594       January 1, 2011~

December 31, 2011

   365days /

365days

     1,286,594   

 

31. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Supplemental cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
     2012     2011  

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

    

Changes in other accounts payable arising from the purchase of property, plant and equipment

   (1,270,755     1,177,809   

 

128


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD.

Separate Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

(With Independent Auditors’ Report Thereon)

 

129


Table of Contents

Contents

 

     Page  

Independent Auditors’ Report

     131   

Separate Statements of Financial Position

     133   

Separate Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

     134   

Separate Statements of Changes in Equity

     135   

Separate Statements of Cash Flows

     136   

Notes to the Separate Financial Statements

     138   

Review Report on Internal Accounting Control System

     200   

Report on the Operation of Internal Accounting Control System

     201   

 

130


Table of Contents

Independent Auditors’ Report

Based on a report originally issued in Korean

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders

LG Display Co., Ltd.:

We have audited the accompanying separate statements of financial position of LG Display Co., Ltd (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the related separate statements of comprehensive income (loss), changes in equity and cash flows for the years then ended. Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these separate financial statements in accordance with Korean International Financial Reporting Standards. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these separate financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the Republic of Korea. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the separate financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the separate financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the separate financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and its financial performance and its cash flows for the years then ended, in accordance with Korean International Financial Reporting Standards (“K-IFRS”).

Without qualifying our opinion, we draw attention to the following:

The procedures and practices utilized in the Republic of Korea to audit such separate financial statements may differ from those generally accepted and applied in other countries. Accordingly, this report is for use by those knowledgeable about Korean auditing standards and their application in practice.

As discussed in note 20 to the separate financial statements, the Company has been or is under investigations by antitrust authorities in several countries with respect to possible anti-competitive activities in the Liquid Crystal Display (“LCD”) industry and named as defendants in a number of individual lawsuits and class actions in the United States and Canada, respectively, in connection with alleged antitrust violations concerning the sale of LCD panels. The Company estimated and recognized losses related to these investigations and alleged violations. However, actual losses are subject to change in the future based on new developments in each matter, or changes in circumstances, which could be materially different from those estimated and recognized by the Company.

As discussed in note 2.(e) to the separate financial statements, the Company adopted the amendment to K-IFRS No. 1001, Presentation of Financial Statements, and presented operating profit or loss as an amount of revenue less cost of sales, selling and administrative expense, and research and development expenses in the separate statement of comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2012. The Company applied this change in accounting policies retrospectively, and accordingly restated the comparative separate statement of comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

131


Table of Contents

/s/ KPMG Samjong Accounting Corp.

Seoul, Korea

February 15, 2013

 

This report is effective as of February 15, 2013, the audit report date. Certain subsequent events or circumstances, which may occur between the audit report date and the time of reading this report, could have a material impact on the accompanying separate financial statements and notes thereto. Accordingly, the readers of the audit report should understand that the above audit report has not been updated to reflect the impact of such subsequent events or circumstances, if any.

 

132


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD.

Separate Statements of Financial Position

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011

 

(In millions of won)    Note    December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  

Assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   6, 13    1,400,566       604,890  

Deposits in banks

   6, 13      315,000       815,000  

Trade accounts and notes receivable, net

   7, 13, 19, 23      4,548,459       3,789,332  

Other accounts receivable, net

   7, 13      101,337       102,097  

Other current financial assets

   9, 13      2,976       2,976  

Inventories

   8      1,947,945       1,912,710  

Prepaid income tax

        3,699       8,171  

Other current assets

   7      112,271       91,588  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

        8,432,253       7,326,764  

Investments

   10      1,468,778       1,386,313  

Other non-current financial assets

   9, 13      80,318       75,080  

Deferred tax assets

   29      1,186,704       1,329,905  

Property, plant and equipment, net

   11      12,004,435       13,522,553  

Intangible assets, net

   12      488,663       479,510  

Other non-current assets

   7      140,437       153,839  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

        15,369,335       16,947,200  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

      23,801,588       24,273,964  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

       

Trade accounts and notes payable

   13, 23    4,386,383       3,752,724  

Current financial liabilities

   13, 14      971,577       808,576  

Other accounts payable

   13      2,618,171       3,690,913  

Accrued expenses

        418,047       342,973  

Provisions

   18      249,755       278,179  

Advances received

        462,614       593,436  

Other current liabilities

   18      26,396       18,532  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

        9,132,943       9,485,333  

Non-current financial liabilities

   13, 14      3,440,585       3,714,001  

Non-current provisions

   18      6,515       5,419  

Employee benefits

   17      180,302       146,266  

Long-term advances received

   19      1,049,678       668,914  

Other non-current liabilities

   18      330,445       567,114  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

        5,007,525       5,101,714  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        14,140,468       14,587,047  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity

       

Share capital

   21      1,789,079       1,789,079  

Share premium

        2,251,113       2,251,113  

Reserves

   21      (893 )     (3,944 )

Retained earnings

   22      5,621,821       5,650,669  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

        9,661,120       9,686,917  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

      23,801,588       24,273,964  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the separate financial statements.

 

133


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD.

Separate Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

 

(In millions of won, except earnings per share)    Note    2012     2011  

Revenue

   23, 24    28,672,355       23,471,309  

Cost of sales

   8, 23      (26,325,386 )     (22,982,517 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

        2,346,969       488,792  

Selling expenses

   16      (551,659 )     (400,531 )

Administrative expenses

   16      (395,159 )     (332,252 )

Research and development expenses

        (773,673 )     (807,051 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit (loss)

        626,478       (1,051,042 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance income

   27      194,290       173,106  

Finance costs

   27      (310,071 )     (248,381 )

Other non-operating income

   25      955,752       858,468  

Other non-operating expenses

   25      (1,274,272 )     (1,074,126 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) before income tax

        192,177       (1,341,975 )

Income tax expense (benefit)

   28      163,628       (350,943 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) for the year

        28,549       (991,032 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

       

Net change in fair value of available-for-sale financial assets

   27,28      4,025       4,790  

Defined benefit plan actuarial loss

   17,28      (75,722 )     (23,728 )

Income tax benefit on other comprehensive income items

   28      17,351       5,120  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss for the year, net of income tax

        (54,346 )     (13,818 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss for the year

      (25,797 )     (1,004,850 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earning (loss) per share

       

Basic earnings (loss) per share

   30    80       (2,770 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

   30    80       (2,770 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the separate financial statements.

 

134


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD.

Separate Statements of Changes in Equity

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

 

            Share      Share      Fair value     Retained     Total  
(In millions of won)    Note      capital      premium      reserve     earnings     equity  

Balances at January 1, 2011

               

Total comprehensive loss for the year

      1,789,079        2,251,113        (7,795 )     6,838,278       10,870,675  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the year

        —          —          —         (991,032 )     (991,032 )

Other comprehensive income (loss)

               

Net change in fair value of available-for-sale financial assets, net of tax

        —          —          3,851       —         3,851  

Defined benefit plan actuarial loss, net of tax

        —          —          —         (17,669 )     (17,669 )
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

        —          —          3,851       (17,669 )     (13,818 )
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year

      —          —          3,851       (1,008,701 )     (1,004,850 )
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transaction with owners, recorded directly in equity

               

Dividends to equity holders

     22         —          —          —         (178,908 )     (178,908 )
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2011

      1,789,079        2,251,113        (3,944 )     5,650,669       9,686,917  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at January 1, 2012

      1,789,079        2,251,113        (3,944 )     5,650,669       9,686,917  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive profit for the year

               

Profit for the year

        —          —          —         28,549       28,549  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

               

Net change in fair value of available-for-sale financial assets, net of tax

        —          —          3,051       —         3,051  

Defined benefit plan actuarial loss, net of tax

        —          —          —         (57,397 )     (57,397 )
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

        —          —          3,051       (57,397 )     (54,346 )
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year

                   3,051       (28,848 )     (25,797 )
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transaction with owners, recorded directly in equity

               

Dividends to equity holders

     22         —          —          —         —         —    
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2012

      1,789,079        2,251,113        (893 )     5,621,821       9,661,120  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the separate financial statements.

 

135


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD.

Separate Statements of Cash Flows

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

 

(In millions of won)    Note    2012     2011  

Cash flows from operating activities:

       

Profit (loss) for the year

      28,549       (991,032 )

Adjustments for:

       

Income tax expense (benefit)

   28      163,628       (350,943 )

Depreciation

   11, 15      3,946,844       3,150,862  

Amortization of intangible assets

   12, 15      265,939       230,119  

Gain on foreign currency translation

        (218,149 )     (52,612 )

Loss on foreign currency translation

        58,608       99,680  

Retirement allowance

   17, 26      138,230       113,668  

Reversal of stock compensation expense

   16      (3 )     (469 )

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

        (5,886 )     (642 )

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

        1,391       96  

Loss on disposal of intangible assets

        —         1,588  

Impairment loss on intangible assets

        3,393       4,535  

Finance income

        (178,267 )     (97,671 )

Finance costs

        244,368       219,511  

Other non-operating income

        (10,766 )     (24,558 )

Other non-operating expenses

        560,513       207,535  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        4,969,843       3,500,699  

Change in trade accounts and notes receivable

        (1,615,787 )     126,849  

Change in other accounts receivable

        (7,360 )     9,114  

Change in other current assets

        6,642       90,349  

Change in inventories

        (35,235 )     (152,745 )

Change in other non-current assets

        (49,442 )     (39,524 )

Change in trade accounts and notes payable

        703,130       739,969  

Change in other accounts payable

        (101,262 )     104,642  

Change in accrued expenses

        104,290       (86,631 )

Change in other current liabilities

        358,952       (40,671 )

Change in long-term advance received

        789,670       281,975  

Change in other non-current liabilities

        —         18,161  

Change in provisions

        (390,973 )     (208,391 )

Change in defined benefit obligation

        (179,916 )     (69,535 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        (417,291 )     773,562  

Cash generated from operating activities

        4,581,101       3,283,229  

Income taxes paid

        1,395       (106,735 )

Interest received

        28,095       62,704  

Interest paid

        (190,205 )     (135,480 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash from operating activities

      4,420,386       3,103,718  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the separate financial statements.

 

136


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD.

Separate Statements of Cash Flows, Continued

 

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

 

(In millions of won)    Note    2012     2011  

Cash flows from investing activities:

       

Dividends received

      55,800       42,620  

Proceeds from withdrawal of deposits in banks

        913,500       2,401,500  

Increase in deposits in banks

        (413,500 )     (1,713,500 )

Proceeds from collection of short-term loans

        —         67,195  

Acquisition of investments

        (225,396 )     (214,114 )

Proceeds from disposal of investments

        3,571       2,045  

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment

        (3,701,307 )     (3,790,353 )

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

        24,725       857  

Acquisition of intangible assets

        (281,213 )     (207,961 )

Grant received

        3,962       1,605  

Receipt from (payment for) settlement of derivatives

        742       23,784  

Acquisition of other non-current financial assets

        (55,276 )     (58,526 )

Proceeds from disposal of other non-current financial assets

        60,571       167,059  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

        (3,613,821 )     (3,277,789 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

       

Proceeds from short-term borrowings

        3,267,046       1,024,026  

Repayment of short-term borrowings

        (3,267,046 )     (2,116,604 )

Issuance of debentures

        298,783       1,145,209  

Proceeds from long-term borrowings

        494,000       941,921  

Repayment of current portion of long-term debt

        (803,672 )     (926,467 )

Payment of cash dividend

        —         (178,908 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

        (10,889 )     (110,823 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

        795,676       (284,894 )

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January

        604,890       889,784  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

      1,400,566       604,890  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the separate financial statements.

 

137


Table of Contents
1. Organization and Description of Business

LG Display Co., Ltd. (the “Company”) was incorporated in February 1985 under its original name of LG Soft, Ltd. as a wholly owned subsidiary of LG Electronics Inc. In 1998, LG Electronics Inc. and LG Semicon Co., Ltd. transferred their respective Thin Film Transistor-Liquid Crystal Display (“TFT-LCD”) related business to the Company. The main business of the Company is to manufacture and sell TFT-LCD panels. The Company is a stock company (“Jusikhoesa”) domiciled in the Republic of Korea with its address at 128, Yeouidae-ro, Yeongdeungpo-gu, Seoul, the Republic of Korea. In July 1999, LG Electronics Inc. and Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. (“Philips”) entered into a joint venture agreement. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company changed its name to LG.Philips LCD Co., Ltd. However, on February 29, 2008, the Company changed its name to LG Display Co., Ltd. based upon the approval of shareholders at the general shareholders’ meeting on the same date as a result of the decrease in Philips’s share interest in the Company and the possibility of its business expansion to Organic Light-Emitting Diode (“OLED”) and Flexible Display products. As of December 31, 2012, LG Electronics Inc. owns 37.9% (135,625,000 shares) of the Company’s common shares.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company has TFT-LCD manufacturing plants, an OLED manufacturing plant and an LCD Research & Development Center in Paju and TFT-LCD manufacturing plants in Gumi. The Company has overseas subsidiaries located in North America, Europe and Asia.

The Company’s common stock is listed on the Korea Exchange under the identifying code 034220. As of December 31, 2012, there are 357,815,700 shares of common stock outstanding. The Company’s common stock is also listed on the New York Stock Exchange in the form of American Depository Shares (“ADSs”) under the symbol “LPL.” One ADS represents one-half of one share of common stock. As of December 31, 2012, there are 21,853,986 ADSs outstanding.

 

2. Basis of Presenting Financial Statements

 

  (a) Statement of Compliance

In accordance with the Act on External Audits of Stock Companies, these separate financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Korean International Financial Reporting Standards (“K-IFRS”).

These financial statements are separate financial statements prepared in accordance with K-IFRS No.1027 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements presented by a parent, an investor in an associate or a venture in a jointly controlled entity, in which the investments are accounted for on the basis of the direct equity interest rather than on the basis of the reported results and net assets of the investees. Dividends from a subsidiary or associate are recognized in profit or loss when the right to receive the dividend is established.

The separate financial statements were authorized for issuance by the Board of Directors on January24, 2013, which will be submitted for approval to the shareholders’ meeting to be held on March 8, 2013.

 

138


Table of Contents
2. Basis of Presenting Financial Statements, Continued

 

  (b) Basis of Measurement

The separate financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following material items in the separate statements of financial position:

 

   

derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value

 

   

financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value

 

   

available-for-sale financial assets are measured at fair value

 

   

liabilities for cash-settled share-based payment arrangements are measured at fair value and

 

   

liabilities for defined benefit plans are recognized as the present value of defined benefit obligations less the fair value of plan assets

 

  (c) Functional and Presentation Currency

The separate financial statements are presented in Korean won, which is the Company’s functional currency. All amounts in Korean won are in millions unless otherwise stated.

 

  (d) Use of Estimates and Judgments

The preparation of the separate financial statements in conformity with K-IFRSs requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.

Information about critical judgments in applying accounting policies that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the separate financial statements is included in the following notes:

 

   

Classification of financial instruments (note 3.(c))

 

   

Estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment (note 3.(d))

Information about assumptions and estimation uncertainties that have a significant risk of resulting in a material adjustment within the next 12 months is included in the following notes:

 

   

Recognition and measurement of provisions (note 3.(i) and 20)

 

   

Net realizable value of inventories (note 8)

 

   

Measurement of defined benefit obligations (note 17)

 

   

Deferred tax assets and liabilities (note 29)

 

139


Table of Contents
2. Basis of Presenting Financial Statements, Continued

 

  (e) Changes in accounting policies

(i) Disclosures of Financial Instruments

The Company has applied the amendments to K-IFRS No. 1107, Financial Instruments: Disclosures, for the year ended December 31, 2012 by prospectively disclosing the nature of transferred assets, their carrying amount, and the description of risks and rewards for each class of transferred financial assets that are derecognized in their entirety. When the Company derecognizes transferred financial assets but still has continuing involvement in the transferred financial assets, the nature of, and risks associated with, the Company’s continuing involvement in derecognized financial assets shall be additionally disclosed.

(ii) Presentation of Operating Profit or Loss in the Separate Statement of Comprehensive Income

The Company has adopted the amendment to K-IFRS No. 1001, Presentation of Financial Statements, and has presented operating profit or loss as an amount of revenue less cost of sales and selling and administrative expense including research and development expenses on the separate statement of comprehensive income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2012. Before the adoption of the amendment, the Company presented operating profit or loss as an amount of revenue plus other income less cost of sales, selling and administrative expenses, research and development expenses and other expenses.

 

140


Table of Contents
2. Basis of Presenting Financial Statements, Continued

 

  (e) Changes in accounting policies, Continued

 

The Company has applied the amendment retrospectively, and accordingly restated the comparative separate statement of comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2011. The impact upon adoption of the amendment is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
     2012     2011  

Operating profit (loss) before adoption of the amendment

   322,761        (1,251,083

Deductions:

    

Rental income

     (4,419     (4,032

Foreign currency gain

     (933,035     (839,497

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

     (5,886     (642

Reversal of allowance for doubtful accounts for other receivables

     —          (170

Commission earned

     (3,867     (8,587

Others

     (8,048     (5,273
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   (955,255     (858,201
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions:

    

Other bad debt expense

     88        —     

Foreign currency loss

     795,897        902,401   

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

     1,391        96   

Loss on disposal of intangible assets

     —          1,588   

Impairment loss on intangible assets

     3,393        4,535   

Expenses related to legal proceedings or claims and others

     458,203        149,622   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   1,258,972        1,058,242   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit (loss) after adoption of the amendment

   626,478        (1,051,042
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

141


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The significant accounting policies followed by the Company in preparation of its separate financial statements are as follows:

 

  (a) Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of the Company at exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated to the functional currency at the exchange rate on the reporting date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are measured at fair value are retranslated to the functional currency at the exchange rate at the date that the fair value was originally determined. Foreign currency differences arising on retranslation are recognized in profit or loss, except for differences arising on available-for-sale equity instruments and a financial asset and liability designated as a cash flow hedge, which are recognized in other comprehensive income. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date of the original transaction. Exchange differences arising on the settlement of monetary items or on translating monetary items at rates different from those at which they were translated on initial recognition are recognized in profit or loss in the period in which they arise. Foreign currency differences arising from assets and liabilities in relation to the investing and financing activities including loans, bonds and cash and cash equivalents are recognized in finance income (expense) in the separate statement of comprehensive income and foreign currency differences arising from assets and liabilities in relation to activities other than investing and financing activities are recognized in other non-operating income (expense) in the separate statement of comprehensive income. Relevant foreign currency differences are presented in gross amounts in the separate statement of comprehensive income.

 

  (b) Inventories

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The cost of inventories is based on the weighted-average method, and includes expenditures incurred in acquiring the inventories, production or conversion costs and other costs incurred in bringing them to their existing location and condition. In the case of manufactured inventories and work-in-process, cost includes an appropriate share of production overheads based on the actual capacity of production facilities. However, the normal capacity is used for the allocation of fixed production overheads if the actual level of production is lower than the normal capacity.

Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated selling expenses. The valuation loss of inventories recognized as cost (cost of sales) amounted to ₩ 118,903 million and ₩ 114,796 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

  (c) Financial Instruments

(i) Non-derivative financial assets

The Company initially recognizes loans and receivables and deposits on the date they are originated. All other non-derivative financial assets, including financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, are recognized in the separate statement of financial position when the Company becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

 

142


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (c) Financial Instruments, Continued

 

(i) Non-derivative financial assets, Continued

 

The Company derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows of the financial asset in a transaction in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred. Any interest in transferred financial assets that is created or retained by the Company is recognized as a separate asset or liability. If a transfer does not result in derecognition because the Company has retained substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the transferred asset, the Company continues to recognize the transferred asset and recognizes a financial liability for the consideration received. In subsequent periods, the Company recognizes any income on the transferred assets and any expense incurred on the financial liability.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the separate statement of financial position when, and only when, the Company has a legal right to offset the amounts and intends either to settle them on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

The Company has the following non-derivative financial assets: financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, loans and receivables and available-for-sales financial assets.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

A financial asset is classified at fair value through profit or loss if it is classified as held for trading or is designated as such upon initial recognition. If a contract contains one or more embedded derivatives, the Company designates the entire hybrid (combined) contract as a financial asset at fair value through profit or loss unless: the embedded derivative(s) does not significantly modify the cash flows that otherwise would be required by the contract; or it is clear with little or no analysis when a similar hybrid (combined) instrument is first considered that separation of the embedded derivative(s) is prohibited. Upon initial recognition, attributable transaction costs are recognized in profit or loss as incurred. Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value, and changes therein are recognized in profit or loss.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include all cash balances and short-term highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash. They are stated at face value, which approximates fair value.

Deposits in banks

Deposits in banks are those with maturity of more than three months and less than one year and are held for cash management purposes.

Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. When loans and receivables are recognized initially, the Company measures them at their fair value plus transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of the financial asset. Subsequent to initial recognition, loans and receivables are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses. Loans and receivables comprise trade accounts and notes receivable and other accounts receivable.

 

143


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (c) Financial Instruments, Continued

 

(i) Non-derivative financial assets, Continued

 

Available-for-sale financial assets

Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivative financial assets that are designated as available-for-sale or that are not classified as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, held-to-maturity financial assets or loans and receivables. The Company’s investments in equity securities and certain debt securities are classified as available-for-sale financial assets. Subsequent to initial recognition, they are measured at fair value and changes therein, other than impairment losses and foreign currency differences on available-for-sale equity instruments, are recognized in other comprehensive income and presented within equity in the fair value reserve. When an investment is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss in other comprehensive income is transferred to profit or loss.

Investments in equity instruments that do not have a quoted market price in an active market and whose fair value cannot be reliably measured and whose derivatives are linked to and must be settled by delivery of such unquoted equity instruments are measured at cost.

(ii) Non-derivative financial liabilities

The Company initially recognizes debt securities issued and subordinated liabilities on the date that they are originated. The Company classifies liabilities into two categories in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangement and the definitions of a financial liability: financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss and other financial liabilities.

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include financial liabilities held for trading or designated as such upon initial recognition at fair value through profit or loss. After initial recognition, financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value, and changes therein are recognized in profit or loss. Upon initial recognition, transaction costs that are directly attributable to acquisition are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

Non-derivative financial liabilities other than financial liabilities classified as fair value through profit or loss are classified as other financial liabilities and measured initially at fair value minus transaction costs that are directly attributable to the issue. Subsequent to initial recognition, these financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. As of December 31, 2012, non-derivative financial liabilities comprise borrowings, bonds and others.

The Company derecognizes a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged, cancelled or expired.

(iii) Ordinary share capital

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issuance of ordinary shares are recognized as a deduction from equity, net of tax effects. Capital contributed in excess of par value upon issuance of common stocks is classified as share premium within equity.

 

144


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (c) Financial Instruments, Continued

 

(iv) Derivative financial instruments, including hedge accounting

The Company holds forward exchange contracts, interest rate swaps, currency swaps and other derivative contracts to manage interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk. Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition, derivatives are measured at fair value, and changes therein are recognized in profit or loss except in the case where the derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges and the hedge is determined to be an effective hedge.

The Company designates derivatives as hedging items to hedge the risk of changes in the fair value of assets, liabilities or firm commitments (a fair value hedge) and foreign currency risk of highly probable forecasted transactions or firm commitments (a cash flow hedge).

On initial designation of the hedge, the Company’s management formally documents the relationship between the hedging instrument(s) and hedged item(s), including the risk management objectives and strategy in undertaking the hedge transaction, together with the methods that will be used to assess the effectiveness of the hedging relationship. The Company’s management makes an assessment, both at the inception of the hedge relationship as well as on an ongoing basis, whether the hedging instruments are expected to be “highly effective” in offsetting the changes in the fair value or cash flows of the respective hedged items during the period for which the hedge is designated, and whether the actual results of each hedge are within a range of 80-125 percent. For a cash flow hedge of a forecasted transaction, the transaction should be highly probable to occur and should present an exposure to variations in cash flows that could ultimately affect reported net income.

Cash flow hedges

When a derivative is designated as a hedge of the variability in cash flows attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognized asset or liability or a highly probable forecasted transaction that could affect profit or loss, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognized in other comprehensive income and presented in the hedging reserve in equity. The amount recognized in other comprehensive income is removed and included in profit or loss in the same period the hedged cash flows affect profit or loss under the same line item in the separate statement of comprehensive income. Any ineffective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

If the hedging instrument no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, or the designation is revoked, then hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively. The cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in other comprehensive income and presented in the hedging reserve in equity remains there until the forecasted transaction affects profit or loss. When the hedged item is a non-financial asset, the amount recognized in other comprehensive income is transferred to the carrying amount of the asset when the asset is recognized. If the forecasted transaction is no longer expected to occur, then the balance in other comprehensive income is recognized immediately in profit or loss. In other cases the amount recognized in other comprehensive income is transferred to profit or loss in the same period that the hedged item affects profit or loss.

 

145


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (c) Financial Instruments, Continued

 

(iv) Derivative financial instruments, including hedge accounting, Continued

 

Embedded derivative

Embedded derivatives are separated from the host contract and accounted for separately if the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract and the embedded derivative are not closely related, a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would meet the definition of a derivative, and the combined instrument is not measured at fair value through profit or loss. Changes in the fair value of separable embedded derivatives are recognized immediately in profit or loss.

 

  (d) Property, Plant and Equipment

(i) Recognition and measurement

Items of property, plant and equipment are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Cost includes an expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. The cost of self-constructed assets includes the cost of materials and direct labor, any costs directly attributable to bringing the assets to a working condition for their intended use, the costs of dismantling and removing the items and restoring the site on which they are located and borrowing costs on qualifying assets.

The gain or loss arising from the derecognition of an item of property, plant and equipment is determined as the difference between the net disposal proceeds, if any, and the carrying amount of the item and recognized in other non-operating income or other non-operating expenses.

(ii) Subsequent costs

Subsequent expenditure on an item of property, plant and equipment is recognized as part of its cost only if it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Company and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The costs of the day-to-day servicing of property, plant and equipment are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

(iii) Depreciation

Depreciation is recognized in profit or loss on a straight-line basis method, reflecting the pattern in which the asset’s future economic benefits are expected to be consumed by the Company. The residual value of property, plant and equipment is zero. Land is not depreciated.

Estimated useful lives of the assets are as follows:

 

     Useful lives (years)

Buildings and structures

   20, 40

Machinery

   4

Furniture and fixtures

   4

Equipment, tools and vehicles

   4, 12

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each financial year-end and adjusted if appropriate. The changes are accounted for as changes in accounting estimates. There were no such changes for all periods presented.

 

146


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (e) Borrowing Costs

The Company capitalizes borrowing costs, which includes exchange differences arising from foreign currency borrowings to the extent that they are regarded as an adjustment to interest costs, directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset as part of the cost of that asset. A qualifying asset is an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale. To the extent that the Company borrows funds specifically for the purpose of obtaining a qualifying asset, the Company determines the amount of borrowing costs eligible for capitalization as the actual borrowing costs incurred on that borrowing during the period less any investment income on the temporary investment of those borrowings. The Company immediately recognizes other borrowing costs as an expense.

 

  (f) Government Grants

In case there is reasonable assurance that the Company will comply with the conditions attached to a government grant, the government grant is recognized as follows:

(i) Grants related to the purchase or construction of assets

A government grant related to the purchase or construction of assets is deducted in calculating the carrying amount of the asset. The grant is recognized in profit or loss over the life of a depreciable asset as a reduced depreciation expense.

(ii) Grants for compensating the Company’s expenses incurred

Grants that compensate the Company for expenses incurred are recognized in profit or loss as other income on a systematic basis in the same periods in which the expenses are recognized.

(iii) Other government grants

A government grant that becomes receivable as compensation for expenses or losses already incurred or for the purpose of giving immediate financial support to the entity with no future related costs is recognized as income of the period in which it becomes receivable.

 

  (g) Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are initially measured at cost. Subsequently, intangible assets are measured at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses.

(i) Goodwill

Goodwill arising from business combinations is recognized as the excess of the acquisition cost of investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures over the Company’s share of the net fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Any deficit is a bargain purchase that is recognized in profit or loss. Goodwill is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses.

 

147


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (g) Intangible Assets, Continued

 

(ii) Research and development

Expenditure on research activities, undertaken with the prospect of gaining new scientific or technical knowledge and understanding, is recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

Development activities involve a plan or design of the production of new or substantially improved products and processes. Development expenditure is capitalized only if the Company can demonstrate all of the following:

 

   

the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale,

 

   

its intention to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it,

 

   

its ability to use or sell the intangible asset,

 

   

how the intangible asset will generate probable future economic benefits. Among other things, the Company can demonstrate the existence of a market for the output of the intangible asset or the intangible asset itself or, if it is to be used internally, the usefulness of the intangible asset,

 

   

the availability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the intangible asset, and

 

   

its ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development.

The expenditure capitalized includes the cost of materials, direct labor, overhead costs that are directly attributable to preparing the asset for its intended use, and borrowing costs on qualifying assets.

(iii) Other intangible assets

Other intangible assets include intellectual property rights, software, customer relationships, technology, memberships and others.

(iv) Subsequent costs

Subsequent expenditure is capitalized only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the specific intangible asset to which it relates. All other expenditure, including expenditure on internally generated goodwill and brands, is recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

 

148


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (g) Intangible Assets, Continued

 

(v) Amortization

Amortization is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets, other than goodwill, from the date that they are available for use. The residual value of intangible assets is zero. However, as there are no foreseeable limits to the periods over which condominium and golf club memberships are expected to be available for use, these intangible assets are regarded as having indefinite useful lives and not amortized.

 

     Estimated useful lives (years)

Intellectual property rights

   5, 10

Rights to use electricity, water and gas supply facilities

   10

Software

   4

Customer relationships

   7

Technology

   10

Development costs

   (*)

Condominium and golf club memberships

   Not amortized

 

(*) Capitalized development costs are amortized over the useful life considering the life cycle of the developed products. Amortization of capitalized development costs is recognized in research and development expenses in the separate statement of comprehensive income.

Amortization periods and the amortization methods for intangible assets with finite useful lives are reviewed at each financial year-end. The useful lives of intangible assets that are not being amortized are reviewed each period to determine whether events and circumstances continue to support indefinite useful life assessments for those assets. If appropriate, the changes are accounted for as changes in accounting estimates.

 

  (h) Impairment

(i) Financial assets

A financial asset not carried at fair value through profit or loss is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is objective evidence that it is impaired. A financial asset is impaired if objective evidence indicates that a loss event has occurred after the initial recognition of the asset, and that the loss event had a negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of that asset that can be estimated reliably.

Objective evidence that financial assets are impaired can include default or delinquency in interest or principal payments by an issuer or a debtor, for economic reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty, granting to the borrower a concession that the Company would not otherwise consider, or the disappearance of an active market for that financial asset. In addition, for an investment in an equity security, objective evidence of impairment includes significant financial difficulty of the issuer and a significant or prolonged decline in its fair value below its cost.

 

149


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (h) Impairment, Continued

 

(i) Financial assets, Continued

 

The Company’s management considers evidence of impairment for loans and receivables at both a specific asset and collective level. All individually significant loans and receivables are assessed for specific impairment. All individually significant receivables found not to be specifically impaired are then collectively assessed for any impairment that has been incurred but not yet identified. Loans and receivables that are not individually significant are collectively assessed for impairment by grouping together receivables with similar risk characteristics.

In assessing collective impairment the Company uses historical trends of the probability of default, timing of recoveries and the amount of loss incurred, adjusted for management’s judgment as to whether current economic and credit conditions are such that the actual losses are likely to be greater or less than suggested by historical trends.

If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss has been incurred on financial assets carried at amortized cost or cost, the amount of the impairment loss is measured as the difference between its carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the asset’s original effective interest rate. Impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss and reflected in an allowance account against loans and receivables.

The amount of the impairment loss on financial assets including equity securities carried at cost is measured as the difference between the carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the current market rate of return for a similar financial asset. Such impairment losses are not reversed.

When a decline in the fair value of an available-for-sale financial asset has been recognized in other comprehensive income, the amount of the cumulative loss that is reclassified from equity to profit or loss is the difference between the acquisition cost and current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognized in profit or loss.

In a subsequent period, for the financial assets recorded at fair value, if the fair value increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognized, the previously recognized impairment loss is reversed. The amount of the reversal in financial assets carried at amortized cost and a debt instrument classified as available for sale is recognized in profit or loss. However, impairment loss recognized for an investment in an equity instrument classified as available-for-sale is reversed through other comprehensive income.

 

150


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (h) Impairment, Continued

 

(ii) Non-financial assets

The carrying amounts of the Company’s non-financial assets, other than assets arising from employee benefits, inventories and deferred tax assets, are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. For goodwill, and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives or that are not yet available for use, irrespective of whether there is any indication of impairment, the recoverable amount is estimated each year at the same time.

For the purpose of impairment testing, assets that cannot be tested individually are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups of assets (the “cash-generating unit”, or “CGU”). The recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. Fair value less costs to sell is based on the best information available to reflect the amount that the Company could obtain from the disposal of the asset in an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties, after deducting the costs of disposal.

The Company’s corporate assets do not generate separate cash inflows. If there is an indication that a corporate asset may be impaired, then the recoverable amount is determined for the CGU to which the corporate asset belongs.

An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or its CGU exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss. Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Impairment losses recognized in respect of a CGU are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit, and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets in the unit on a pro rata basis.

In respect of other assets, impairment losses recognized in prior periods are assessed at each reporting date for any indications that the loss has decreased or no longer exists. An impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized. An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed.

 

151


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (i) Provisions

A provision is recognized if, as a result of a past event, the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation.

The risks and uncertainties that inevitably surround events and circumstances are taken into account in reaching the best estimate of a provision. Where the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are determined at the present value of the expected future cash flows. The unwinding of the discount is recognized as finance cost.

Provisions are reviewed at the end of each reporting period and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate. If it is no longer probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, the provision is reversed.

The Company recognizes a liability for warranty obligations based on the estimated costs expected to be incurred under its basic limited warranty. This warranty covers defective products and is normally applicable for eighteen months from the date of purchase. These liabilities are accrued when product revenues are recognized. Warranty costs primarily include raw materials and labor costs. Factors that affect the Company’s warranty liability include historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims on those repairs and cost per claim to satisfy the Company’s warranty obligation. As these factors are impacted by actual experience and future expectations, management periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary. Accrued warranty obligations are included in the current and non-current provisions.

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, and penalties and other sources, are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the assessment and/or remediation can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.

 

  (j) Employee Benefits

(i) Short-term employee benefits

Short-term employee benefits that are due to be settled within twelve months after the end of the period in which the employees render the related service are recognized in profit or loss on an undiscounted basis. The expected cost of profit-sharing and bonus plans are recognized when the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation to make payments as a result of past events and a reliable estimate of the obligation can be made.

(ii) Other long-term employee benefits

The Company’s net obligation in respect of long-term employee benefits other than pension plans is the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods.

 

152


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (j) Employee Benefits, Continued

 

(iii) Defined contribution plan

A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit plan under which an entity pays fixed contributions into a separate entity and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognized as an employee benefit expense in profit or loss in the periods during which services are rendered by employees.

(iv) Defined benefit plan

A defined benefit plan is a post-employment benefit plan other than defined contribution plans. The Company’s net obligation in respect of its defined benefit plan is calculated by estimating the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods; that benefit is discounted to determine its present value. The fair value of any plan assets is deducted.

The calculation is performed annually by an independent actuary using the projected unit credit method. The discount rate is the yield at the reporting date on high quality corporate bonds that have maturity dates approximating the terms of the Company’s obligations and that are denominated in the same currency in which the benefits are expected to be paid. The Company recognizes all actuarial gains and losses arising from defined benefit plans in retained earnings immediately.

In measuring the defined benefit liability, the Company recognizes past service cost immediately when the benefits are vested immediately following the introduction of a defined benefit plan.

(v) Share-based payment transactions

The fair value of the amount payable to employees in respect of share appreciation rights, which are settled in cash, is recognized as an expense with a corresponding increase in liabilities, over the period that the employees unconditionally become entitled to payment. The liability is remeasured at each reporting date and at settlement date. Any changes in the fair value of the liability are recognized as personnel expense in profit or loss.

 

  (k) Revenue

Revenue from the sale of goods in the course of ordinary activities is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, net of estimated returns, earned trade discounts, volume rebates and other cash incentives paid to customers. Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence exists that the significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the buyer, generally on delivery and acceptance at the customers’ premises, recovery of the consideration is probable, the associated costs and possible return of goods can be estimated reliably, there is no continuing management involvement with the goods, and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably. If it is probable that discounts will be granted and the amount can be measured reliably, then the discount is recognized as a reduction of revenue when the sales are recognized. Sales taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are accounted for on a net basis and therefore are excluded from revenues in the separate statements of comprehensive income.

 

153


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (l) Operating Segments

In accordance with K-IFRS No. 1108, Operating Segments, entity wide disclosures of geographic and product revenue information are provided in the consolidated financial statements, not in these separate financial statements.

 

  (m) Finance Income and Finance Costs

Finance income comprises interest income on funds invested (including available-for-sale financial assets), dividend income, gains on the disposal of available-for-sale financial assets, changes in the fair value of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, and gains on hedging instruments that are recognized in profit or loss. Interest income is recognized as it accrues in profit or loss, using the effective interest method. Dividend income is recognized in profit or loss on the date that the Company’s right to receive payment is established.

Finance costs comprise interest expense on borrowings, unwinding of the discount on provisions, changes in the fair value of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, impairment losses recognized on financial assets, and losses on hedging instruments that are recognized in profit or loss. Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset are capitalized as part of the cost of that asset.

 

  (n) Income Tax

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Current tax and deferred tax are recognized in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to a business combination, or items recognized directly in equity or in other comprehensive income.

(i) Current tax

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable profit or loss for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. The taxable profit is different from the accounting profit for the period since the taxable profit is calculated excluding the temporary differences, which will be taxable or deductible in determining taxable profit (tax loss) of future periods, and non-taxable or non-deductible items from the accounting profit.

 

154


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (n) Income Tax, Continued

 

(ii) Deferred tax

Deferred tax is recognized, using the liability method, in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Company expects, at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities. However, deferred tax is not recognized for taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill.

The Company recognizes a deferred tax liability for all taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates, and interests in joint ventures, except to the extent that the Company is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. A deferred tax asset is recognized for all deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that the differences relating to investments in subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled entities will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profit will be available against which the temporary difference can be utilized.

Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized.

The Company offsets deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities if, and only if, the Company has a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and the deferred tax liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority.

 

  (o) Earnings (Loss) per Share

The Company presents basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share (“EPS”) data for its ordinary shares. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding, adjusted for the effects of all dilutive potential ordinary shares, which comprise convertible bonds.

 

  (p) New Standards and Interpretations Not Yet Adopted

The following accounting standards, interpretations and amendments are issued and will be effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and have not been adopted early in preparing these separate financial statements.

(i) Amendments to K-IFRS No. 1019, Employee Benefits

The revised standard requires an entity to calculate the expected return on plan assets based on the discount rate that is used to measure the present value of defined benefit obligation. The effective date for the amendments is annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013.

 

155


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (p) New Standards and Interpretations Not Yet Adopted, Continued

 

(ii) K-IFRS No. 1113, Fair value measurement

The standard defines fair value and sets out a framework for measuring fair value and the required disclosures about fair value measurements. This standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013.

(iii) Amendments to K-IFRS No. 1001, Presentation of Financial Statements

The amendments require presentation of other comprehensive income on the basis of whether they are potentially reclassifiable to profit or loss subsequently. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2012.

Management is in the process of evaluating the impact, if any, of applying these standards on its financial position and results of operations.

 

4. Determination of Fair Value

A number of the Company’s accounting policies and disclosures require the determination of fair value, for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities. Fair values have been determined for measurement and/or disclosure purposes based on the following methods. When applicable, further information about the assumptions made in determining fair values is disclosed in the notes specific to that asset or liability.

 

  (a) Current Assets and Liabilities

The carrying amounts approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.

 

  (b) Trade Receivables and Other Receivables

The fair value of trade and other receivables is estimated as the present value of future cash flows, discounted at the market rate of interest at the reporting date. This fair value is determined for disclosure purposes. The carrying amounts of short-term receivables approximate fair value.

 

  (c) Investments in Equity and Debt Securities

The fair value of marketable available-for-sale financial assets is determined by reference to their quoted closing bid price at the reporting date. The fair value of non-marketable securities is determined using valuation methods.

 

  (d) Derivatives

For forward contracts, if a listed market price is not available, fair value is estimated by discounting the difference between the contractual forward price and the current forward price for the residual maturity of the contract using a risk-free interest rate (based on government bonds).

The fair value of interest rate swaps is estimated by discounting estimated future cash flows based on the terms and maturity of each contract by LIBOR and forward interest rates for the same terms at the measurement date.

 

156


Table of Contents
4. Determination of Fair Value, Continued

 

Fair values reflect the credit risk of the instrument and include adjustments to take account of the credit risk of the Company and counterparty when appropriate.

 

  (e) Non-derivative Financial Liabilities

The fair value of financial liabilities at FVTPL is determined by reference to their quoted closing price at the reporting date. Fair value, which is determined for disclosure purposes, except for the liabilities at FVTPL, is calculated based on the present value of future principal and interest cash flows, discounted at the market rate of interest at the reporting date.

 

  (f) Share-based Payment Transactions

The fair value of the employee share appreciation rights is measured using the Black Scholes formula. Measurement inputs include share price on measurement date, exercise price of the instrument, expected volatility (based on weighted average historic volatility adjusted for changes expected due to publicly available information), weighted average expected life of the instruments (based on historical experience and general option holder behavior), expected dividends, and the risk-free interest rate (based on government bonds), Service and non-market performance conditions attached to the transactions are not taken into account in determining fair value.

 

5. Risk Management

 

  (a) Financial Risk Management

The Company is exposed to credit risk, liquidity risk and market risks. The Company identifies and analyzes such risks, and controls are implemented under a risk management system to monitor and manage these risks at below a threshold level.

(i) Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Company if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations, and arises principally from the Company’s receivables from customers.

The Company’s exposure to credit risk of trade and other receivables is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. However, management considers the demographics of the Company’s customer base, including the default risk of the country in which customers operate, do not have a significant influence on credit risk since the majority of the customers are global electronic appliance manufacturers operating in global markets.

The Company establishes credit limits for each customer and each new customer is analyzed quantitatively and qualitatively before determining whether to utilize third party guarantees, insurance or factoring as appropriate.

The Company does not establish allowances for receivables under insurance and receivables from customers with a high credit rating. For the rest of the receivables, the Company establishes an allowance for impairment of trade and other receivables that have been individually or collectively evaluated for impairment and estimated on the basis of historical loss experience for assets.

 

157


Table of Contents
5. Risk Management, Continued

 

  (a) Financial Risk Management, Continued

 

(ii) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Company’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Company’s reputation.

The Company has historically been able to satisfy its cash requirements from cash flows from operations and debt and equity financing. To the extent that the Company does not generate sufficient cash flows from operations to meet its capital requirements, the Company may rely on other financing activities, such as external long-term borrowings and offerings of debt securities, equity-linked and other debt securities. In addition, the Company maintains a line of credit with various banks.

(iii) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and equity prices will affect the Company’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposures within acceptable parameters, while optimizing the return.

The Company buys and sells derivatives, and also incurs financial liabilities, in order to manage market risks.

(iv) Currency risk

The Company is exposed to currency risk on sales, purchases and borrowings that are denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the Company, Korean won (KRW). The currencies in which these transactions primarily are denominated are USD and JPY.

The Company uses forward exchange contracts to hedge its currency risk, most with a maturity of less than one year from the reporting date.

Interest on borrowings is denominated in the currency of the borrowing. Generally, borrowings are denominated in currencies that match the cash flows generated by the underlying operations of the Company, primarily KRW, USD and JPY.

In respect of other monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, the Company ensures that its net exposure is kept to an acceptable level by buying or selling foreign currencies at spot rates when necessary to address short-term imbalances. In relation to the currency fluctuation, the Company adopts policies to adjust factoring volumes of foreign currency denominated receivables or utilizing usance as a means to settle payables for the facilities.

(v) Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk arises principally from the Company’s debentures and borrowings. The Company has not entered into any interest rate swap contracts as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 to hedge interest rate risk.

 

158


Table of Contents
5. Risk Management, Continued

 

  (b) Capital Management

Management’s policy is to maintain a capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to sustain future development of the business. Liabilities to equity ratio, net borrowings to equity ratio and other financial ratios are used by management to achieve an optimal capital structure. Management also monitors the level of dividends to ordinary shareholders. Equity, defined by K-IFRS, is identical to the definition of capital, managed by management.

 

(In millions of won)             
     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  

Total liabilities

   14,140,468        14,587,047   

Total equity

     9,661,120        9,686,917   

Cash and deposits in banks (*1)

     1,715,566        1,419,890   

Borrowings

     4,412,162        4,515,608   

Total liabilities to equity ratio

     146     151

Net borrowings to equity ratio (*2)

     28     32

 

(*1) Cash and deposits in banks consists of cash and cash equivalents and deposit in banks.
(*2) Net borrowings to equity ratio is calculated by dividing total equity with borrowings less cash and deposits in banks.

 

6. Cash and Cash Equivalents and Deposits in Banks

Cash and cash equivalents and deposits in banks at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Current assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

     

Demand deposits

   1,400,566         604,890   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deposits in banks

     

Time deposits

   300,000         800,000   

Restricted cash

     15,000         15,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   315,000         815,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

159


Table of Contents
7. Receivables and Other Current Assets

 

  (a) Trade accounts and notes receivable at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Trade, net

   279,259         146,255   

Due from related parties

     4,269,200         3,643,077   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   4,548,459         3,789,332   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Other accounts receivable at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Current assets

     

Non-trade accounts receivable, net

   92,662         86,630   

Accrued income

     8,675         15,467   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   101,337         102,097   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Due from related parties included in other accounts receivable, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are ₩ 1,853 million and ₩ 2,691 million, respectively.

 

  (c) Other assets at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Current assets

     

Advance payments

   6,442         8,913   

Prepaid expenses

     38,281         36,990   

Value added tax refundable

     67,548         45,685   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   112,271         91,588   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets

     

Long-term prepaid expenses

   140,437         153,839   

 

160


Table of Contents
8. Inventories

Inventories at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)       
     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  
     Acquisition
cost
     Valuation
allowance
    Book
value
     Acquisition
cost
     Valuation
allowance
    Book
value
 

Finished goods

   739,119         (48,651     690,468         612,158         (19,911     592,247   

Work-in-process

     649,357         (29,182     620,175         810,864         (43,808     767,056   

Raw materials

     365,453         (11,213     354,240         431,042         (16,033     415,009   

Supplies

     312,919         (29,857     283,062         173,442         (35,044     138,398   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   2,066,848         (118,903     1,947,945         2,027,506         (114,796     1,912,710   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The amount of the inventories recognized as cost (cost of sales) is as follows;

 

(In millions of won)    December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Inventories recognized as cost of sales

   26,325,386         22,982,517   

 

9. Other Financial Assets

 

  (a) Other financial assets at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)    December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Current assets

     

Deposits

   2,976         2,976   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets

     

Guarantee deposits with banks

   13         13   

Available-for-sale financial assets

     16,016         11,830   

Long-term loans

     —           600   

Deposits

     53,043         62,637   

Long-term other accounts receivable

     11,246         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   80,318         75,080   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Available-for-sale financial assets at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)    December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Non-current assets

     

Debt securities

     

Government bonds

   2,838         2,838   

Equity securities

     

E Ink Holdings, Inc.

   —           6,319   

Intellectual Discovery, Ltd.

     2,673         2,673   

Silicon works Co., Ltd.

     10,505         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   16,016         11,830   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

161


Table of Contents
10. Investments

Investments in subsidiaries consist of the following:

 

(In millions of won)              December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Overseas

Subsidiaries

  

Location

  

Business

   Percentage
of
ownership
    Book
value
     Percentage
of
ownership
    Book Value  

LG Display America, Inc. (*1)

  

California,

U.S.A.

   Sell TFT-LCD products      100   —           100   —     

LG Display Germany GmbH

   Dusseldorf, Germany   

Sell TFT-LCD

products

     100     19,373         100     19,373   

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd.

   Tokyo, Japan    Sell TFT-LCD products      100     15,686         100     15,686   

LG Display Taiwan Co., Ltd.

   Taipei, Taiwan    Sell TFT-LCD products      100     35,230         100     35,230   

LG Display Nanjing Co., Ltd. (*2)

   Nanjing, China    Manufacture and sell TFT-LCD products      100     561,635         100     509,277   

LG Display Shanghai Co., Ltd.

   Shanghai, China    Sell TFT-LCD products      100     9,093         100     9,093   

LG Display Poland Sp. zo. o.

   Wroclaw, Poland    Manufacture and sell TFT-LCD products      80     157,864         80     157,864   

LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd.

   Guangzhou, China    Manufacture and sell TFT-LCD products      90     157,268         90     157,268   

LG Display Shenzhen Co., Ltd.

   Shenzhen, China    Sell TFT-LCD products      100     3,467         100     3,467   

LG Display Singapore Pte. Ltd.

   Singapore    Sell TFT-LCD products      100     1,250         100     1,250   

L&T Display Technology (Xiamen) Limited

  

Xiamen,

China

   Manufacture LCD module and TV sets      51     —           51     7,146   

L&T Display Technology (Fujian) Limited

  

Fujian,

China

   Manufacture LCD module and LCD monitor sets      51     10,123         51     10,123   

LG Display Yantai Co., Ltd. (*3)

  

Yantai,

China

   Manufacture and sell TFT-LCD products      100     88,488         100     44,628   

L&I Electronic Technology (Dongguan) Limited

  

Dongguan,

China

   Manufacture and sell e-Book devices      51     —           51     2,885   

Image & Materials, Inc. (*4)

   Domestic    Manufacture EPD materials      100     10,124         100     41,000   

LUCOM Display Technology (Kunshan) Limited

  

Kunshan,

China

   Manufacture notebook borderless hinge-up      51     8,594         51     8,594   

LG Display U.S.A., Inc.

  

Texas,

U.S.A

   Manufacture TFT-LCD products      100     12,353         100     12,353   

LG Display Reynosa S.A.de C.V. (*5)

  

Reynosa,

Mexico

   Manufacture TFT-LCD products      1     92         1     92   

 

162


Table of Contents
10. Investments, Continued

 

(In millions of won)              December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Overseas

Subsidiaries

  

Location

  

Business

   Percentage
of
ownership
    Book
value
     Percentage
of
ownership
   Book
value
 

Nanumnuri Co., Ltd. (*6)

   Domestic    Janitorial services      100     800       Incorporated in 2012   

LG Display China Co., Ltd. (*7)

   Guangzhou,China    Manufacture and sell TFT-LCD products      70     30,399       Incorporated in 2012   
          

 

 

       

 

 

 
           1,121,839          1,035,329   
          

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

(*1) LG Display America, Inc. (“LGDUS”) was sentenced to pay a fine of USD 400 million by the U.S. Government in 2008, which LGDUS recorded as a loss. The Company recorded the cumulative loss of LGDUS, mostly related to the fine, in excess of the Company’s investment in LGDUS as other accounts payable. In June 2012, the Company contributed ₩ 88,380 million in cash for the capital increase of LG Display America, Inc. (“LGDUS”). There was no change in the Company’s ownership percentage in LGDUS as a result of this additional investment.
(*2) In May 2012, the Company invested ₩ 52,358 million in cash for the capital increase of LG Display Nanjing Co., Ltd. (“LGDNJ”). There were no changes in the Company’s ownership percentage in LGDNJ as a result of this additional investment.
(*3) In October 2012, the Company contributed ₩ 43,860 million in cash for the capital increase of LG Display Yantai Co., Ltd. (“LGDYT”). There were no changes in the Company’s ownership percentage in LGDYT as a result of this additional investment.
(*4) In February 2012, the Company contributed ₩ 3,000 million in cash for the capital increase of Image & Materials, Inc. (“I&M”). There were no changes in the Company’s ownership percentage in I&M as a result of this additional investment.
(*5) The Company indirectly controls LG Display Reynosa S.A. de C.V. (“LGDRS”) since LG Display U.S.A. Inc., which is wholly owned by the Company, has 99% equity of LGDRS.
(*6) In March 2012, the Company established Nanumnuri Co., Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company founded as a Standard Workplace for the Disabled under Act on Employment Promotion and Vocational Rehabilitation for Disabled Persons, with investment of ₩ 800 million in cash.
(*7) The Company entered into a joint venture agreement with Shenzhen SKYWORTH-RGB Electronics Co., Ltd. and Guangzhou GET Technologies Development Co., Ltd. to manufacture and sell TFT-LCD products and incorporated LG Display (China) Co., Ltd. in Guangzhou, China. The Company invested ₩ 30,399 million in cash for a 70% controlling equity interest in LG Display China Co., Ltd.

The Company recognized an impairment loss of ₩ 43,907 million as finance costs for the difference between the carrying amount and the recoverable amount of investments in subsidiaries which are impaired in 2012.

 

163


Table of Contents
10. Investments, Continued

 

  (a) Investments in joint ventures consist of the following:

 

(In millions of won)                                    
               December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Joint Ventures

  

Location

  

Business

   Percentage
of
ownership
    Book
value
     Percentage
of
ownership
    Book
value
 

Suzhou Raken Technology Ltd. (*)

  

Suzhou,

China

   Manufacture and sell LCD modules and LCD TV sets      51   108,266         51   108,266   

Guangzhou New Vision Technology Research and Development Ltd.

  

Guangzhou,

China

   R&D on design of LCD modules and LCD TV sets      50     4,569         50     4,569   

Global OLED Technology LLC

  

Virginia,

U.S.A.

   Managing and licensing OLED patents      33     53,282         33     53,282   
          

 

 

      

 

 

 
           166,117         166,117   
          

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

(*) Despite of its 51% equity interest, management concluded that the Company does not have control of Suzhou Raken Technology Ltd. because the Company and AmTRAN Technology Co., Ltd., which has a 49% equity interest of the investee, jointly control the board of directors of the investee through equal voting powers.

 

164


Table of Contents
10. Investments, Continued

 

  (b) Investments in associates consist of the following:

 

(In millions of won)                       
               December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Associates

  

Location

  

Business

   Percentage
of
ownership
    Book
value
     Percentage
of
ownership
    Book
value
 

Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd.

   Domestic    Manufacture electric glass for FPDs      40   45,089         40   45,089   

TLI Inc. (*1)

   Domestic    Manufacture and sell semiconductor parts      12     6,961         12     12,565   

AVACO Co., Ltd. (*2)

   Domestic    Manufacture and sell equipment for FPDs      16     6,021         20     6,021   

New Optics Ltd.

   Domestic    Manufacture back light parts for TFT-LCDs      42     14,221         42     14,221   

LIG ADP Co., Ltd.

   Domestic    Develop and manufacture the equipment for FPDs      13     6,330         13     6,330   

WooRee E&L Co., Ltd (formerly, WooRee LED Co., Ltd)

   Domestic    Manufacture LED back light unit packages      30     11,900         30     11,900   

Dynamic Solar Design Co., Ltd. (*3)

   Domestic    Manufacture and sell solar battery and FPDs      40     69         40     1,538   

LB Gemini New Growth Fund No.16 (*4)

   Domestic    Invest in small and middle sized companies and benefit from M&A opportunities      31     15,489         31     14,461   

Can Yang Investments Limited (*5)

  

Hong

Kong

   Develop and manufacture and sell LED parts      9     17,516         12     17,516   

YAS Co., Ltd.

   Domestic    Develop and manufacture deposition equipment for OLEDs      19     10,000         19     10,000   

Eralite Optoelectronics (Jiangsu) Co., Ltd.

  

Suzhou,

China

   Manufacture LED Packages      20     4,626         20     4,626   

Narenanotech Corporation

   Domestic    Manufacture and sell FPD manufacturing equipment      23     30,000         23     30,000   

Avatec. Co., Ltd. (*6)

   Domestic    Manufacture and sell glass for FPDs      17     10,600         20     10,600   

Glonix Co., Ltd. (*7)

   Domestic    Manufacture and sell LCD      20     2,000         —          —     
          

 

 

      

 

 

 
           180,822         184,867   
          

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

165


Table of Contents
10. Investments, Continued

 

(*1) In 2012, the Company recognized an impairment loss of ₩ 5,604 million for the difference between the carrying amount of and the recoverable amount from the investment in TLI Inc., due to the decrease in fair value of the investment, which was acquired for manufacturing and selling semiconductor parts used in display panels.
(*2) In 2012, the Company’s ownership in AVACO CO., Ltd. was reduced from 20% to 16% because the Company did not participate in AVACO Co., Ltd.’s capital increase. The Company has the right to assign a director in the board of directors of AVACO Co., Ltd.
(*3) In 2012, the Company recognized an impairment loss of ₩ 1,469 million for the difference between the carrying amount of and the recoverable amount of the investment in Dynamic Solar Design Co., Ltd., which was acquired for developing equipment, manufacturing and selling solar battery and Flat Panel Display (“FPD”).
(*4) The Company is a member of the limited partnership in the LB Gemini New Growth Fund No.16 (“the Fund”). In 2012, the Company received ₩ 3,571 million from the Fund as capital distribution and made additional cash investments of ₩ 1,533 million each in the Fund in September, November and December of 2012, respectively. Despite the receipt from the fund and additional investments, there were no changes in the Company’s ownership percentage in the Fund. The Company is committed to make additional investments of up to an aggregate of ₩ 30,000 million.
(*5) In 2012, the Company’s ownership in Can Yang Investments Limited was reduced from 12% to 9% because the Company did not participate in Can Yang Investments Limited’s capital increase. The Company has the right to assign a director in the board of directors of Can Yang Investments Limited.
(*6) In 2012, the Company’s ownership in Avatech Co., Ltd. was reduced from 20% to 17% because the Company did not participate in Avatech Co., Ltd.’s capital increase. The Company has the right to assign a director in the board of directors of Avatech Co., Ltd.
(*7) In April 2012, the Company acquired 4,000,000 common shares (20)% of GLONIX Co., Ltd., which manufactures liquid crystal displays, for ₩ 2,000 million. As of December 31, 2012, 20% of GLONIX Co., Ltd. is owned by the Company and the Company has the right to assign a director in the board of directors of GLONIX Co., Ltd.

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the aggregate amount of received dividends from subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates are ₩ 55,318 million and ₩ 42,620 million, respectively.

 

166


Table of Contents
11. Property, Plant and Equipment, Continued

Changes in property, plant and equipment for the year ended December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                                          
    Land     Buildings
and
structures
    Machinery
and
equipment
    Furniture
and
fixtures
    Construction-
in-progress
(*1)
    Others     Total  

Acquisition cost as of January 1, 2012

  443,612        3,381,625        26,729,966        615,078        3,390,305        162,961        34,723,547   

Accumulated depreciation as of January 1, 2012

    —          (917,938     (19,668,774     (499,253     —          (115,029     (21,200,994
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of January 1, 2012

    443,612        2,463,687        7,061,192        115,825        3,390,305        47,932        13,522,553   

Additions

    —          —          —          —          2,458,909        —          2,458,909   

Depreciation

    —          (195,861     (3,683,435     (54,499     —          (13,049     (3,946,844

Disposals

    (2,787     (7,010     (7,653     (19     —          (2,761     (20,230

Others (*2)

    167        1,295,192        3,604,853        32,411        (4,953,182     14,568        (5,991

Subsidy received

    —          (1,792     (2,170     —          —          —          (3,962
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of December 31, 2012

  440,992        3,554,216        6,972,787        93,718        896,032        46,690        12,004,435   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition cost as of December 31, 2012

  440,992        4,666,537        30,223,060        642,747        896,032        172,540        37,041,908   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation as of December 31, 2012

  —          (1,112,321     (23,250,273     (549,029     —          (125,850     (25,037,473
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*1) As of December 31, 2012, construction-in-progress relates to construction of plants including their machinery.
(*2) Others are mainly amounts transferred from construction-in-progress.

 

167


Table of Contents
11. Property, Plant and Equipment, Continued

 

Changes in property, plant and equipment for the year ended December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                                          
    Land     Buildings
and
structures
    Machinery
and
equipment
    Furniture
and
fixtures
    Construction-
in-progress
(*1)
    Others     Total  

Acquisition cost as of January 1, 2011

  442,322        3,172,426        22,851,385        586,548        2,659,934        149,529        29,862,144   

Accumulated depreciation as of January 1, 2011

    —          (760,584     (16,819,046     (478,715     —          (115,738     (18,174,083
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of January 1, 2011

    442,322        2,411,842        6,032,339        107,833        2,659,934        33,791        11,688,061   

Additions

    —          —          —          —          4,987,278        —          4,987,278   

Depreciation

    —          (157,106     (2,936,115     (47,410     —          (10,231     (3,150,862

Disposals

    —          —          (215     (104     —          —          (319

Others (*2)

    1,290        208,973        3,966,766        55,506        (4,256,907     24,372        —     

Subsidy received

    —          (22     (1,583     —          —          —          (1,605
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of December 31, 2011

  443,612        2,463,687        7,061,192        115,825        3,390,305        47,932        13,522,553   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition cost as of December 31, 2011

  443,612        3,381,625        26,729,966        615,078        3,390,305        162,961        34,723,547   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation as of December 31, 2011

  —          (917,938     (19,668,774     (499,253     —          (115,029     (21,200,994
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*1) As of December 31, 2011, construction-in-progress relates to construction of plants including their machinery.
(*2) Others are mainly amounts transferred from construction-in-progress.

The capitalized borrowing costs and capitalization rate for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)       
     2012     2011  

Capitalized borrowing costs

   24,612        21,903   

Capitalization rate

     3.29     3.65

 

168


Table of Contents
12. Intangible Assets

Changes in intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                                                            
    Intellectual
property
rights
    Software     Member-
ships
    Develop-
ment

costs
    Construction-
in-progress
(software)
    Customer
relation-
ships
    Tech-
nology
    Good-
will
    Others
(*2)
    Total  

Acquisition cost as of January 1, 2012

  523,849        357,121        50,077        361,223        10,819        24,011        11.074        14,593        13,076        1,365,843   

Accumulated amortization as of January 1, 2012

    (443,343     (171,804     —          (248,221     —          (5,724     (1,852     —          (10,854     (881,798

Accumulated impairment loss as of January 1, 2012

    —          —          (4,535     —          —          —          —          —          —          (4,535
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of January 1, 2012

    80,506        185,317        45,542        113,002        10,819        18,287        9,222        14,593        2,222        479,510   

Additions-internally developed

    —          —          —          198,225        —          —          —          —          —          198,225   

Other additions

    19,046        —          156        —          61,058        —          —          —          —          80,260   

Amortization (*1)

    (13,356     (105,046     —          (142,051     —          (3,440     (1,106     —          (940     (265,939

Impairment loss

    —          —          (3,393     —          —          —          —          —          —          (3,393

Transfer from construction-in-progress

    —          69,673        —          —          (69,673     —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of December 31, 2012

  86,196        149,944        42,305        169,176        2,204        14,847        8,116        14,593        1,282        488,663   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition cost as of December 31, 2012

  542,895        423,125        50,233        559,448        2,204        24,011        11,074        14,593        13,076        1,640,659   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization as of December 31, 2012

  (456,699     (273,181     —          (390,272     —          (9,164     (2,958     —          (11,794     (1,144,068
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment loss as of December 31, 2012

  —          —          (7,928     —          —          —          —          —          —          (7,928
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Remaining amortization period (year)

    6.62        2.69        —          0.58        —          4.33        7.33        —          2.17     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(*1) The Company has classified the amortization as manufacturing overhead costs, selling expenses, administrative expenses, and research and development expenses.
(*2) Others mainly consist of rights to use of electricity and gas supply facilities.

 

169


Table of Contents
12. Intangible Assets, Continued

 

Changes in intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                                                            
    Intellectual
property
rights
    Software     Member-
ships
    Develop-
ment

costs
    Construction-
in-progress
(software)
    Customer
relation-
ships
    Tech-
nology
    Good-
will
    Others
(*2)
    Total  

Acquisition cost as of January 1, 2011

  507,851        272,515        47,146        237,535        11,442        24,011        11,074        14,593        13,076        1,139,243   

Accumulated amortization as of January 1, 2011

    (436,151     (93,613     —          (113,395     —          (2,300     (742     —          (9,782     (655,983

Impairment loss as of January 1, 2011

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of January 1, 2011

    71,700        178,902        47,146        124,140        11,442        21,711        10,332        14,593        3,294        483,260   

Additions-internally developed

    —          —          —          123,688        —          —          —          —          —          123,688   

Other additions

    21,890        —          2,931        —          83,983        —          —          —          —          108,804   

Amortization (*1)

    (11,496     (78,191     —          (134,826     —          (3,424     (1,110     —          (1,072     (230,119

Disposals

    (1,588     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (1,588

Impairment loss

    —          —          (4,535     —          —          —          —          —          —          (4,535

Transfer from construction-in-progress

    —          84,606        —          —          (84,606     —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of December 31, 2011

  80,506        185,317        45,542        113,002        10,819        18,287        9,222        14,593        2,222        479,510   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition cost as of December 31, 2011

  523,849        357,121        50,077        361,223        10,819        24,011        11,074        14,593        13,076        1,365,843   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization as of December 31, 2011

  (443,343     (171,804     —          (248,221     —          (5,724     (1,852     —          (10,854     (881,798
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment loss as of December 31, 2011

  —          —          (4,535     —          —          —          —          —          —          (4,535
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Remaining amortization period (year)

    7.46        2.49        —          0.55        —          5.33        8.33        —          2.60     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(*1) The Company has classified the amortization as manufacturing overhead costs, selling expenses and administrative expenses, and research and development expenses.
(*2) Others mainly consist of rights to use of electricity and gas supply facilities.

 

170


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments

 

  (a) Credit Risk

 

  (i) Exposure to credit risk

The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Cash and cash equivalents

       1,400,566         604,890   

Trade accounts and notes receivable, net

     4,548,459         3,789,332   

Other accounts receivable, net

     101,337         102,097   

Available-for-sale financial assets

     2,838         2,838   

Other non-current financial assets

     11,246         —     

Deposits

     56,019         65,613   

Deposits in banks

     315,000         815,000   

Others

     13         613   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   6,435,478         5,380,383   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In addition to the financial assets above, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company provides payment guarantees of ₩ 15,124 million and ₩ 50,606 million, respectively, for its subsidiaries.

The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade accounts and notes receivable at the reporting date by geographic region was as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Domestic

   205,454         56,200   

Euro-zone countries

     529,138         612,236   

Japan

     167,242         138,265   

United States

     1,790,401         828,959   

China

     1,307,759         1,195,899   

Taiwan

     257,793         829,171   

Others

     290,672         128,602   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
       4,548,459         3,789,332   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

171


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (ii) Impairment loss

The aging of trade accounts and notes receivable at the reporting date was as follows:

 

(In millions of won)    December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  
     Book
value
     Impairment
loss
    Book
value
     Impairment
loss
 

Not past due

       4,528,302         (235     3,777,383         (49

Past due 1-15 days

     5,927         (2     953         (1

Past due 16-30 days

     9,531         (1     4,885         (1

Past due 31-60 days

     2,154         (3     5,762         (1

Past due more than 60 days

     2,788         (2     403         (2
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   4,548,702         (243     3,789,386         (54
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The movement in the allowance for impairment in respect of receivables for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
     2012      2011  

Balance at the beginning of the year

   54         24   

Bad debt expense

     189         30   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

       243         54   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

172


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (b) Liquidity Risk

 

  (i) The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments, as of December 31, 2012.

 

(In millions of won)           Contractual cash flows  
     Carrying amount      Total      6 months
or less
     6-12
months
     1-2years      2-5 years      More than
5  years
 

Non-derivative

financial liabilities

                    

Secured bank loan

   53,555         55,153         639         27,417         27,097         —           —     

Unsecured bank loans

     1,740,003         1,907,918         327,306         100,783         489,042         988,780         2,007   

Unsecured bond issues

     2,618,604         2,894,163         628,404         46,847         727,063         1,491,849         —     

Trade accounts and notes payables

     4,386,383         4,386,383         4,386,383         —           —           —           —     

Other accounts payable

     2,479,772         2,479,772         2,479,772         —           —           —           —     

Payment guarantee

     —           15,147         15,147         —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       11,278,317         11,738,536         7,837,651         175,047         1,243,202         2,480,629         2,007   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

It is not expected that the cash flows included in the maturity analysis could occur significantly earlier, or at significantly different amounts.

 

  (ii) As of December 31, 2012, there are no derivatives designated as cash flow hedges.

 

  (c) Currency Risk

 

  (i) Exposure to currency risk

The Company’s exposure to foreign currency risk based on notional amounts at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions)    December 31, 2012  
     USD     JPY     CNY     PLN      EUR  

Cash and cash equivalents

     696        7,508        5        1         47   

Trade accounts and notes receivable

     4,002        6,400        —          —           38   

Other accounts receivable

     17        1        —          —           —     

Other assets denominated in foreign currencies

     —          51        —          —           —     

Trade accounts and notes payable

     (2,857     (31,162     —          —           —     

Other accounts payable

     (248     (12,262     (5     —           (7

Debts

     (870     —          —          —           —     

Bonds

     (349     —          —          —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net exposure

     391        (29,464     —          1         78   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

173


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

(In millions)    December 31, 2011  
     USD     JPY     TWD      PLN      EUR  

Cash and cash equivalents

     284        14,269        —           5         14   

Trade accounts and notes receivable

     3,080        6,493        —           —           31   

Other accounts receivable

     2        —          159         —           —     

Available-for-sale financial assets

     5        —          —           —           —     

Other assets denominated in foreign currencies

     —          51        —           —           —     

Trade accounts and notes payable

     (2,263     (33,375     —           —           (5

Other accounts payable

     (55     (25,815     —           —           (7

Debts

     (1,020     (6,000     —           —           —     

Bonds

     (347     (9,987     —           —           —     

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

     (76     —          —           —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross statement of financial position exposure

     (390     (54,364     159         5         33   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Forward exchange contracts

     (160     —          —           —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net exposure

     (550     (54,364     159         5         33   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Significant exchange rates applied during the reporting periods are as follows:

 

(In won)    Average rate      Reporting date spot rate  
     2012      2011      December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

USD

       1,126.88         1,108.12           1,071.10         1,153.30   

JPY

     14.13         13.91         12.48         14.85   

TWD

     38.11         37.71         36.90         38.13   

CNY

     178.59         171.45         171.88         182.51   

PLN

     346.41         375.28         348.21         338.65   

EUR

     1,448.63         1,541.88         1,416.26         1,494.10   

 

174


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (ii) Sensitivity analysis

A weaker won, as indicated below, against the following currencies which comprise the Company’s assets or liabilities denominated in a foreign currency as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, would have increased (decreased) equity and profit or loss by the amounts shown below. This analysis is based on foreign currency exchange rate variances that the Company considers to be reasonably possible as of the end of the reporting period. The analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular interest rates, would remain constant. The changes in equity and profit (or loss) before tax would have been as follows:

 

(In millions of won)    2012     2011  
     Equity     Profit
or loss
    Equity     Profit
or loss
 

USD (5 percent weakening)

       15,873        15,873        (24,041     (24,280

JPY (5 percent weakening)

     (13,931     (13,931     (30,601     (30,601

TWD (5 percent weakening)

     —          —          230        230   

CNY (5 percent weakening)

     —          —          —          —     

PLN (5 percent weakening)

     13        13        64        64   

EUR (5 percent weakening)

     4,187        4,187        1,869        1,869   

A stronger won against the above currencies as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 would have had the equal but opposite effect on the above currencies to the amounts shown above, on the basis that all other variables remain constant.

 

  (d) Interest Rate Risk

 

  (i) Profile

The interest rate profile of the Company’s interest-bearing financial instruments at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  

Fixed rate instruments

    

Financial assets

       1,718,404        1,422,728   

Financial liabilities

     (3,044,050     (2,685,174
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   (1,325,646     (1,262,446
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Variable rate instruments

    

Financial assets

   —          600   

Financial liabilities

     (1,368,112     (1,830,434
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   (1,368,112     (1,829,834
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

175


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (ii) Equity and profit or loss sensitivity analysis for variable rate instruments

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, a change of 100 basis points in interest rates at the reporting date would have increased (decreased) equity and profit or loss before tax by the amounts shown below for the respective following years. This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular foreign currency rates, remain constant.

 

(In millions of won)    Equity      Profit or loss  
     1%
increase
    1%
decrease
     1%
increase
    1%
decrease
 

December 31, 2012

         

Variable rate instruments

       (10,370     10,370         (10,370     10,370   

December 31, 2011

         

Variable rate instruments

   (13,870     13,870         (13,870     13,870   

 

176


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (e) Fair Values

 

  (i) Fair values versus carrying amounts

The fair values of financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts shown in the separate statement of financial position, are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)    December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  
     Carrying
amounts
     Fair
values
     Carrying
amounts
     Fair
values
 

Assets carried at fair value

           

Available-for-sale financial assets

   13,343         13,343         9,157         9,157   

Assets carried at amortized cost

           

Cash and cash equivalents

       1,400,566         1,400,566         604,890         604,890   

Deposits in banks

     315,000         315,000         815,000         815,000   

Trade accounts and notes receivable

     4,548,459         4,548,459         3,789,332         3,789,332   

Other accounts receivable

     101,337         101,337         102,097         102,097   

Other noncurrent financial assets

     11,246         11,246         —           —     

Deposits

     56,019         56,019         65,613         65,613   

Others

     13         13         613         613   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   6,432,640         6,432,640         5,377,545         5,377,545   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities carried at fair value

           

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

   —           —           87,339         87,339   

Derivatives

     —           —           6,969         6,969   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   —           —           94,308         94,308   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities carried at amortized cost

           

Secured bank loans

   53,555         53,555         57,665         57,665   

Unsecured bank loans

     1,740,003         1,779,819         1,578,628         1,525,251   

Unsecured bond issues

     2,618,604         2,677,038         2,791,976         2,829,206   

Trade accounts and notes payable

     4,386,383         4,386,383         3,752,724         3,752,724   

Other accounts payable

     2,479,772         2,479,772         3,690,913         3,690,913   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   11,278,317         11,376,567         11,871,906         11,855,759   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The basis for determining fair values is disclosed in note 4.

 

177


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (ii) Interest rates used for determining fair value

The significant interest rates applied for determination of the above fair value at the reporting date are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  

Derivatives

     Not applicable        3.90

Debentures, loans and borrowings

     3.69     4.19

 

  (iii) Fair value hierarchy

The table below analyzes financial instruments carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:

 

   

Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

 

   

Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly

 

   

Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data

The financial instruments carried at fair value as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3      Total  

December 31, 2012

         

Assets

         

Available-for-sale financial assets

       13,343        —          —           13,343   
(In millions of won)    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3      Total  

December 31, 2011

         

Assets

         

Available-for-sale financial assets

   9,157        —          —           9,157   

Liabilities

         

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

   (87,339     —          —           (87,339

Derivatives

     —          (6,969     —           (6,969
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   (87,339     (6,969     —           (94,308
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

178


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

The derivative financial liabilities are classified as Level 2 since all significant inputs to compute the fair value of the over-the-counter derivatives were observable.

Changes in Level 3 financial instruments for the year ended December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)    January  1,
2011
           Net realized/unrealized
gains included in
     December 31,
2011
 
        Purchases,
disposal

and others
    Profit or
loss
     Other
comprehensive
income
     Transfer to
other levels
    

December 31, 2011

                

Available-for-sale financial assets

       26,085         (34,257     —           8,172         —           —     

 

14. Financial Liabilities

 

  (a) Financial liabilities at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)    December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Current

     

Current portion of long-term debt

   971,577         714,268   

Current portion of financial liabilities at fair value through profits or loss

     —           87,339   

Derivatives

     —           6,969   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   971,577         808,576   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current

     

Won denominated borrowings

   807,005         366,629   

Foreign currency denominated borrowings

     589,105         1,003,371   

Bonds

     2,044,475         2,344,001   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
       3,440,585         3,714,001   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The above financial liabilities, except for convertible bonds which are designated as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss and derivative liabilities, are measured at amortized cost.

 

179


Table of Contents

 

14. Financial Liabilities, Continued

 

  (b) Long-term debt at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions of won, USD and JPY)                  

Lender

  

Annual interest rate as of

December 31, 2012 (*)

   December 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Local currency loans

       

Shinhan Bank and others

  

3-year Korean Treasury

Bond rate less

1.25%, 2.75%

   16,629        20,817   

National Agricultural Cooperative Federation and others

  

4.51%~5.21%,

1-year bank bonds rate

plus 1.4%

     845,072        350,000   

Less current portion of long-term debt

        (54,696     (4,188
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
      807,005        366,629   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign currency loans

       

The Export-Import Bank of Korea

   6ML+0.69%    26,777        40,366   

Kookmin Bank and others

   6ML+1.78%, 3ML+1.70%~2.25%      905,080        1,225,110   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign currency equivalent

      USD 870      USD 1,020   
        —        JPY 6,000   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less current portion of long-term debt

        (342,752     (262,105
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
          589,105        1,003,371   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*) ML represents Month LIBOR (London Inter-Bank Offered Rates).

 

180


Table of Contents
14. Financial Liabilities, Continued

 

  (c) Details of debentures issued and outstanding at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won, USD and JPY)                       
    

Maturity

   Annual interest
rate as of

December 31,
2012
   December 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Local currency debentures (*1)

          

Publicly issued debentures

  

March 2013~

October 2017

   3.22%~5.89%    2,250,000        2,250,000   

Less discount on debentures

           (5,579     (6,721

Less current portion of debentures

           (199,946     (299,658
        

 

 

   

 

 

 
         2,044,475        1,943,621   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign currency debentures (*1)

          

Floating-rate bonds

   April 2013    3ML+1.80%    374,885        552,171   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign currency equivalent

         USD 350      USD 350   
           JPY 10,000   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less discount on bonds

           (702     (3,474

Less current portion of bonds

           (374,183     (148,317
        

 

 

   

 

 

 
         —          400,380   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (*2)

          

Convertible bonds

   —      —      —          87,339   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign currency equivalent

           —        USD 76   

Less current portion of convertible bonds

           —          (87,339
        

 

 

   

 

 

 
         —          —     
        

 

 

   

 

 

 
         2,044,475        2,344,001   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*1) Principal of the local and foreign currency debentures is to be repaid at maturity and interests are paid quarterly in arrears.
(*2) The convertible bonds which were recognized as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss as of December 31, 2011 were repaid at 116.77% of the principal amount on April 18, 2012 upon maturity.

 

181


Table of Contents
15. The Nature of Expenses and Others

The classification of expenses by nature for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
     2012     2011  

Changes in inventories

   (35,236     (152,745

Purchases of raw materials, merchandise and others

     15,032,671        13,254,841   

Depreciation and amortization

     4,212,783        3,380,981   

Outsourcing fees

     3,833,241        3,362,392   

Labor costs

     2,040,044        1,794,583   

Supplies and others

     758,544        861,899   

Utility expenses

     631,087        528,464   

Fees and commissions

     342,550        344,857   

Shipping costs

     372,050        174,860   

After-sale service expenses

     78,502        47,995   

Others

     1,258,016        1,095,949   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
       28,524,252        24,694,076   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses consist of cost of sales, selling, administrative, research and development expenses and other non-operating expenses, excluding foreign exchange differences.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, other non-operating income and other non-operating expenses contained exchange differences amounting to ₩ 933,035 million and ₩ 795,897 million, respectively (for the year ended December 31, 2011 : ₩ 839,497 million and ₩ 902,401 million, respectively) (note25).

The expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011 were reclassified to conform to the classification for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

182


Table of Contents
16. Selling and Administrative Expenses

Details of selling and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
     2012      2011  

Salaries

   133,626         120,640   

Expenses related to defined benefit plan

     19,633         18,201   

Other employee benefits

     26,544         31,902   

Shipping costs

     299,210         126,945   

Fees and commissions

     121,893         124,170   

Depreciation

     95,993         46,043   

Taxes and dues

     2,365         2,356   

Advertising

     103,997         135,988   

After-sale service

     78,502         47,995   

Rent

     9,214         7,278   

Insurance

     5,999         6,620   

Travel

     12,774         17,059   

Training

     11,476         16,130   

Others

     25,592         31,456   
     946,818         732,783   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011 were reclassified to conform to the criteria of classification for the year ended December 31, 2012 as follows.

 

(In millions of won)    2012     2011  

Selling and administrative expenses before the reclassification

     1,088,872        868,078   

Reclassification items

    

Amortization (*)

     (142,051     (134,826

Reversal of stock compensation expense

     (3     (469
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selling and administrative expenses after the reclassification

     946,818        732,783   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*) Amortization expense of capitalized development costs is reclassified as research and development expense.

 

17. Employee Benefits

The Company’s primary defined benefit plan provides a lump-sum payment to an employee based on final salary rates and length of service at the time the employee leaves the Company.

 

  (a) Recognized liabilities for defined benefit obligations at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  

Present value of partially funded defined benefit obligations

   672,032        486,519   

Fair value of plan assets

     (491,730     (340,253
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   180,302        146,266   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

183


Table of Contents
17. Employee Benefits, Continued

 

  (b) Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
     2012     2011  

Opening defined benefit obligations

   486,519        360,231   

Current service cost

     129,511        107,036   

Interest cost

     22,909        18,985   

Actuarial losses on plan liabilities (before tax)

     75,921        24,984   

Benefit payments

     (40,230     (24,190

Transfers from related parties

     (2,598     (527
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing defined benefit obligations

   672,032        486,519   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (c) Changes in fair value of plan assets for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
     2012     2011  

Opening fair value of plan assets

   340,253        281,825   

Expected return on plan assets

     14,190        12,353   

Actuarial gains on plan assets (before tax)

     199        1,256   

Contributions by employer directly to plan assets

     160,000        60,000   

Benefit payments

     (22,912     (15,181
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing fair value of plan assets

   491,730        340,253   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (d) Plan assets at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Deposits with financial institutions

   491,730         340,253   

As of December 31, 2012, plan assets mainly consist of deposits in banks, which guarantee the payment of their principal and interest. The Company expects to make a contribution of ₩ 95,361 million to the defined benefit plans during the next financial year.

 

  (e) Expenses recognized in profit or loss for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
     2012     2011  

Current service cost

   129,511        107,036   

Interest cost

     22,909        18,985   

Expected return on plan assets

     (14,190     (12,353
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     138,230        113,668   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

184


Table of Contents
17. Employee Benefits, Continued

 

Expenses are recognized in the following line items in the separate statements of comprehensive income.

 

(In millions of won)              
     2012      2011  

Cost of sales

   108,802         87,044   

Selling expenses

     9,480         8,086   

Administrative expenses

     10,153         10,115   

Research and development expenses

     9,795         8,423   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     138,230         113,668   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (f) Cumulative amount of actuarial loss, net of income taxes, recognized in other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
     2012     2011  

Cumulative amount at January 1

   (28,909     (11,240

Recognized during the period

     (57,397     (17,669
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cumulative amount at December 31

   (86,306     (28,909
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (g) Principal actuarial assumptions at the reporting date (expressed as weighted averages) are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  

Expected rate of salary increase

     5.1     5.6

Discount rate for defined benefit obligations

     4.0     4.9

Expected long-term rate of return on assets

     4.0     4.3

The expected long-term rate of return is based on the portfolio as a whole and not on the sum of the returns on individual asset categories.

Assumptions regarding future mortality are based on published statistics and mortality tables. The current mortality underlying the values of the liabilities in the defined benefit plans are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  

Twenties

   Males      0.01     0.02
   Females      0.00     0.01

Thirties

   Males      0.02     0.02
   Females      0.01     0.01

Forties

   Males      0.04     0.04
   Females      0.02     0.02

Fifties

   Males      0.08     0.09
   Females      0.04     0.05

 

185


Table of Contents
18. Provisions and Other Liabilities

Changes in provisions for the year ended December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                          
     Litigations
and claims
(*1)
    Warranties
(*2)
    Others      Total  

Balance of January 1, 2012

     222,703        60,452        443         283,598   

Additions

     445,421        78,502        1,083         525,006   

Usage and reclassification

   (467,535     (84,799     —           (552,334
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

     200,589        54,155        1,526         256,270   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

There of non-current

     —          6,515        —           6,515   

 

(*1) The Company expects that the provision for litigation and claims will be utilized in the next year.
(*2) The provision for warranties covers defective products and is normally applicable for eighteen months from the date of purchase. The warranty liability is calculated by using historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims, and costs per claim to satisfy the Company’s warranty obligation.

Other liabilities at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

Current liabilities

     

Withholdings

   21,664         13,784   

Unearned revenues

     4,732         4,744   

Share-based payment liabilities

     —           4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   26,396         18,532   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

     

Long-term accrued expenses

   318,291         327,661   

Long-term other accounts payable

     —           222,495   

Long-term unearned revenues

     12,226         16,958   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     330,445         567,114   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

186


Table of Contents
19. Commitments

Factoring and securitization of accounts receivable

The Company has agreements with Korea Development Bank and several other banks for accounts receivable sales negotiating facilities of up to an aggregate of USD 1,478 million (₩ 1,583,600 million) and JPY 5,000 million (₩ 62,375 million) in connection with the Company’s export sales transactions with its subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2012, no accounts and notes receivable were sold but are not past due. In connection with all of the contracts in this paragraph, the Company has sold its accounts receivable with recourse.

The Company has a credit facility agreement with Shinhan Bank pursuant to which the Company could sell its accounts receivables up to an aggregate of ₩ 50,000 million in connection with its domestic sales transactions and, as of December 31, 2012, no accounts and notes receivable were sold but not past due. In addition, the Company entered into agreements with Standard Chartered Bank for accounts receivable sales negotiating facilities of up to USD 50 million (₩ 53,555 million) and USD 23 million (₩ 24,635 million), in April 2011 and November 2012, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, accounts and notes receivable amounting to USD 16 million (₩ 16,598 million) and USD 1 million (₩ 1,024 million) were sold to Standard Chartered Bank, with none of the underlying accounts and notes receivable being past due. In connection with all of the contracts in this paragraph, the Company has sold its accounts receivable without recourse.

Letters of credit

As of December 31, 2012, the Company has agreements with Korea Exchange Bank in relation to the opening of letters of credit up to USD 15 million (₩ 16,067 million), USD 15 million (₩ 16,067 million) with China Construction Bank, JPY 1,500 million (₩ 18,713 million) with Woori Bank, USD 70 million (₩ 74,977 million) with Bank of China, USD 60 million (₩ 64,266 million) with Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, USD 15 million (₩ 16,067 million) with Hana Bank, and USD 30 million (₩ 32,133 million) with Shinhan Bank.

Payment guarantees

The Company obtained payment guarantees amounting to USD 8.5 million (₩ 9,104 million) and EUR 215 million (₩ 304,496 million) from Royal Bank of Scotland and other various banks for a number of occasions including value added tax payments in Poland. As of December 31, 2012, the Company is providing a payment guarantee to a syndicate of banks including Kookmin Bank and Societe Generale in connection with a EUR 5 million (₩ 7,626 million) term loan credit facility of LG Display Poland Sp. zo. o. In addition, the Company provides a payment guarantee in connection with the term loan credit facilities of LG Display America, Inc. with an aggregate amount of USD 7 million (₩ 7,498 million) for principals and related interests.

License agreements

As of December 31, 2012, in relation to its TFT-LCD business, the Company has technical license agreements with Hitachi Display, Ltd. and others and has a trademark license agreement with LG Corp.

Long-term supply agreement

In connection with long-term supply agreements, as of December 31, 2012, the Company’s balance of advances received from a customer amount to USD 1,380 million (₩ 1,478,118 million) in aggregate. The advances received will be offset against outstanding accounts receivable balances after a given period of time, as well as those arising from the supply of products thereafter. The Company received a payment guarantee amounting to USD 300 million (₩ 321,330 million) from the Industrial Bank of Korea relating to advances received.

 

187


Table of Contents
19. Commitments, Continued

Pledged Assets

Regarding the secured bank loan amounting to USD 50 million (₩ 53,555 million), the Company provided part of its OLED manufacturing machinery as pledged assets to the Export-Import Bank of Korea.

 

20. Contingencies

Patent infringement lawsuit against Chimei Innolux Corp. and others

In 2006, the Company filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware against Chimei Innolux Corp. (formerly, Chi Mei Optoelectronics Corp.) and AU Optronics Corp. claiming infringement of patents related to liquid crystal displays and the manufacturing processes for TFT-LCDs. Both AU Optronics Corp. and Chimei Innolux Corp. filed counter-claims against the Company claiming infringement of the patents. In September 2011, the Company and AU Optronics Corp. filed a stipulation for dismissal of the Delaware case and amicably settled the claims and counterclaims between the two parties. In May 2012, for the Company and Chimei Innolux Corp., the charge was dropped after the two parties amicably settled the claims.

Anvik Corporation’s lawsuit for infringement of patent

In 2007, Anvik Corporation filed a patent infringement case against the Company, along with other LCD manufacturing companies in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, in connection with the usage of photo-masking equipment manufactured by Nikon Corporation. The court granted Nikon Corporation’s motion for summary judgment of invalidity of the patents-in-suit and entered a judgment in favor of Nikon Corporation, the Company and LG Display America, Inc. and other TFT-LCD manufacturing companies, dismissing the case in April 2012. In April 2012, Anvik Corporation appealed the court’s decision to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit.

Industrial Technology Research Institute of Taiwan’s action for patent infringement

In 2012, the United States International Trade Commission (“USITC”) granted a motion by Industrial Technology Research Institute of Taiwan (“ITRI”) to add the Company and LG Display America as additional respondents in an investigation under Section 337 of the United States Tariff Act (In the Matter of Certain Devices for Improving Uniformity Used in a Backlight Module and Components Thereof and Products Containing the Same, Investigation No. 337-TA-805). ITRI is seeking an exclusion order which prohibits the importation of televisions and monitors incorporating the Company’s products into the United States for alleged patent infringement. On October 22, 2012, USITC issued a Notice of Initial Determination finding that LG Display Co., Ltd. and LG Display America, Inc. did not infringe the asserted patent of ITRI. The Final Determination is scheduled to be issued on June 28, 2013.

Patent Infringement Litigations and Invalidity Proceedings Between the Company and Samsung Display Co., Ltd. and Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.

In September 2012, the Company filed a complaint in the Seoul Central District Court against Samsung Display Co., Ltd. (“SSD”) and Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. (“SSE”) claiming infringement of seven patents related to OLED display technology and relevant manufacturing methods and seeking monetary compensation. As a response, SSD requested for an invalidity proceeding over the identical seven patents in the Korean Intellectual Property Tribunal. Furthermore, in December 2012, SSD filed a complaint in the Seoul Central District Court against the Company and LG Electronics Co., Ltd. (“LGE”) claiming infringement of seven patents related to LCD technology and seeking monetary compensation. In the same month, the Company filed a complaint in the Seoul Central District Court against SSD and SSE claiming infringement of three patents related to In-Plane Switching (“IPS”) technology and relevant manufacturing methods and seeking an injunctive relief to ban all use of such patented technology as well as monetary compensation of ₩ 1 billion, approximately USD 1 million for each non-compliance by SSD and SSE. As a response, SSD requested an invalidity proceeding over the identical three patents in the Korean Intellectual Property Tribunal.

 

188


Table of Contents
20. Contingencies, Continued

 

Request for arbitration of Arkema France and its subsidiary regarding termination of a contract with the Company

In October 2012, Arkema France (“Arkema”) and its subsidiary filed a request for arbitration in the International Court of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce regarding termination of a contract with the Company. The Company is currently defending against Arkema’s claims.

Anti-trust investigations and litigations

In December 2006, the Company received notices of investigation by the Korea Fair Trade Commission, the Japan Fair Trade Commission, the U.S. Department of Justice, and the European Commission with respect to possible anti-competitive activities in the TFT-LCD industry. The Company subsequently received similar notices from the Canadian Bureau of Competition Policy, the Federal Competition Commission of Mexico, the Secretariat of Economic Law of Brazil and the Taiwan Fair Trade Commission.

In November 2008, the Company executed an agreement with the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) whereby the Company and its U.S. subsidiary, LG Display America, Inc. (“LGDUS”), pleaded guilty to a Sherman Antitrust Act violation and agreed to pay a single total fine of USD 400 million. In December 2008, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California accepted the terms of the plea agreement and entered a judgment against the Company and LGDUS and ordered the payment of USD 400 million. The agreement resolved all federal criminal charges against the Company and LGDUS in the United States in connection with this matter.

In December 2010, the European Commission (“the EC”) issued a decision finding that the Company engaged in anti-competitive activities in the LCD industry in violation of European competition laws and imposed a fine of EUR 215 million. In February 2011, the Company filed with the European Union General Court an application for partial annulment and reduction of the fine imposed by the EC. The European Union General Court has not ruled on the Company’s application. In November 2011, the Company received an additional Request for Information from the EC relating to the alleged anti-competitive activities in the LCD industry and is responding to the request.

In November 2009, the Taiwan Fair Trade Commission terminated its investigation without any finding of violations or levying of fines. Also, in February 2012, the Competition Bureau of Canada terminated its investigation against the Company without any finding of violations or levying of fines. To date no decision has been issued by the Japan Fair Trade Commission, and we believe the statutory time period by which the Commission was required to have issued a decision has already lapsed. To date investigations by the Federal Competition Commission of Mexico and the Secretariat of Economic Law of Brazil are ongoing.

In August 2011, the Korea Fair Trade Commission issued an Examination Report finding that the Company engaged in anti-competitive activities in violation of Korean fair trade laws and a hearing was held in October 2011. In December 2011, the Korea Fair Trade Commission imposed a fine on the Company and certain of its subsidiaries of approximately ₩ 31,378 million, and the Company filed an appeal of the decision with the Seoul High Court in December 2011. To date the Seoul High Court has not ruled on the Company’s appeal.

 

189


Table of Contents
20. Contingencies, Continued

 

Subsequent to the commencement of the DOJ investigation, a number of class action complaints were filed against the Company and other TFT-LCD panel manufacturers in the U.S. and Canada alleging violation of respective antitrust laws and related laws. The class action lawsuits in the U.S. were transferred to the Northern District of California for pretrial proceedings (“MDL Proceedings”). In March 2010, the court certified the class action complaints filed by direct purchasers and indirect purchasers. 78 entities (including groups of affiliated entities) submitted requests for exclusion from the direct purchaser class. The time period for submitting requests for exclusion from the indirect purchaser class expired on April 13, 2012. Ten entities (including groups and affiliated entities) submitted requests for exclusion from the indirect purchaser class. In addition, since 2010, the attorneys general of Arkansas, California, Florida, Illinois, Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, New York, Oklahoma, Oregon, South Carolina, Washington, West Virginia and Wisconsin filed complaints against the Company, alleging similar antitrust violations as alleged in the MDL Proceedings. In June 2011, the Company reached a settlement with the direct purchaser class, which the federal district court approved in December 2011. In July 2012, the Company reached a settlement with the indirect purchaser class and with the state attorneys general of Arkansas, California, Florida, Michigan, Missouri, New York, West Virginia, and Wisconsin, which is subject to court approval.

Apart from the direct and indirect purchaser class actions, individual plaintiffs filed complaints in various state or federal courts in the United States alleging violation of the respective antitrust laws and related laws by various LCD panel manufacturers. To date the Company is currently defending against 33 Direct Action Plaintiffs including Motorola Mobility, Inc., Electrograph Technologies Corp. and its affiliates, TracFone Wireless Inc., Best Buy Co., Inc. and its affiliates, Target Corp., Sears, Roebuck and Co., Kmart Corp., Old Comp Inc., Good Guys, Inc., RadioShack Corp., Newegg Inc., Costco Wholesale Corp., Sony Electronics, Inc. and its affiliates, SB Liquidation Trust, Office Depot, Inc., Interbond Corp. of America (BrandsMart), Jaco Electronics, Inc., P.C. Richard & Son Long Island Corp., MARTA Cooperative of America, Inc., ABC Appliance (ABC Warehouse), Schultze Agency Services, LLC (Tweeter), AASI Creditor Liquidating Trust for All American Semiconductor Inc., Tech Data Corp. and its affiliate, CompuCom Systems, Inc., View Sonic Corp., NECO Alliance LLC, Rockwell Automation Inc., Proview Technology, Inc. and its affiliates, and the attorneys general of Illinois, Washington, Oregon, South Carolina, and Mississippi.

In Canada, the Ontario Superior Court of Justice certified the class action complaints filed by the direct and indirect purchasers in May 2011. The Company is pursuing an appeal of the decision as well as defending the on-going class actions in Quebec and British Columbia.

In December 2012, the National Development and Reform Commission of China issued a decision finding that the Company engaged in anti-competitive activities in the LCD industry in violation of Chinese laws and imposed a fine of RMB 118 million (₩ 20,334 million). The Company has agreed to pay the imposed fine and resolved its charges against the Company.

While the Company continues its vigorous defense of the various pending proceedings described above, there is a possibility that one or more proceedings may result in an unfavorable outcome to the Company. For certain cases described above, management is not able to estimate the potential estimated loss if the final outcome of the cases is unfavorable to the Company as the cases are in early stage and management does not have sufficient information to estimate the amount of possible loss. Otherwise the Company has established provisions with respect to certain of the contingencies, considering factors such as the nature of the litigation, claim, or assessment, the progress of the case and the opinions or views of legal counsel and other advisers. These estimates have been based on our assessment of the facts and circumstances at each reporting date and are subject to change materially based upon new information, intervening events and the final outcome of the cases.

 

190


Table of Contents
21. Capital and Reserves

 

  (a) Share capital

The Company is authorized to issue 500,000,000 shares of capital stock (par value ₩ 5,000), and as of December 31, 2012, the number of issued common shares is 357,815,700. There have been no changes in the capital stock from January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2012.

 

  (b) Reserves

Reserve is comprised of the fair value reserve which is the cumulative net change in the fair value of available-for-sale financial assets until the investments are derecognized or impaired.

 

22. Retained Earnings

 

  (a) Retained earnings at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  

Legal reserve

   140,594        140,594   

Other reserve

     68,251        68,251   

Defined benefit plan actuarial loss

     (86,306     (28,909

Retained earnings

     5,499,282        5,470,733   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   5,621,821        5,650,669   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (b) For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, details of the Company’s appropriations of retained earnings are as follows:

 

(In millions of won, except for cash dividend per an ordinary share)              
     2012      2011  

Retained earnings before appropriations

     

Unappropriated retained earnings carried over from prior year

   5,470,733         6,461,765   

Net income (loss)

     28,549         (991,032
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     5,499,282         5,470,733   

Appropriation of retained earnings (*)

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unappropriated retained earnings carried forward to the following year

   5,499,282         5,470,733   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*) For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the date of appropriation is March 8, 2013 and March 9, 2012, respectively.

 

191


Table of Contents
23. Related Parties

 

  (a) Key management personnel compensation

 

       Compensation costs of key management for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
     2012      2011  

Short-term benefits

   1,567         1,529   

Expenses related to the defined benefit plan

     173         396   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   1,740         1,925   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Key management refers to the registered directors who have significant control and responsibilities over the Company’s operations and business.

 

  (b) Significant transactions with related companies

Significant transactions such as sales of goods and purchases of raw material and outsourcing service and others, which occurred in the normal course of business with related parties for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
     Sales and others      Purchases and others  
     2012      2011      2012      2011  

Subsidiaries

   25,729,592         20,696,144         3,788,360         3,842,628   

Joint ventures

     663,297         755,643         147,904         1,174   

Associates

     212         6,158         1,481,614         1,540,397   

LG Electronics Inc.

     1,010,882         1,001,844         244,971         344,465   

Other related parties

     41         41         33,103         23,859   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   27,404,024         22,459,830         5,695,952         5,752,523   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Account balances with related parties at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
     Trade accounts and
notes receivable and others
     Trade accounts and
notes payable and others
 
     December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Subsidiaries

   3,979,211         3,428,624         1,139,362         859,659   

Joint ventures

     92,870         130,217         168,620         340,073   

Associates

     —           3         363,654         434,692   

LG Electronics Inc.

     198,972         86,924         67,867         98,232   

Other related parties

     —           —           2,701         3,042   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   4,271,053         3,645,768         1,742,204         1,735,698   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

192


Table of Contents
24. Revenue

Details of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
     2012      2011  

Sales of goods

   28,518,092         23,347,515   

Royalties

     37,783         60,594   

Others

     116,480         63,200   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   28,672,355         23,471,309   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

25. Other Non-operating Income and Other Non-operating Expenses

 

  (a) Details of other non-operating income for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
     2012      2011  

Rental income

   4,419         4,032   

Foreign currency gain

     933,035         839,497   

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

     5,886         642   

Reversal of allowance for doubtful accounts for other receivables

     —           170   

Commission earned

     3,946         8,854   

Others

     8,466         5,273   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   955,752         858,468   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Details of other non-operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
     2012      2011  

Other bad debt expense

   88         —     

Foreign currency loss

     795,897         902,401   

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

     1,391         96   

Loss on disposal of intangible assets

     —           1,588   

Impairment loss on intangible assets

     3,393         4,535   

Donations

     15,300         15,884   

Expenses related to legal proceedings or claims and others

     458,203         149,622   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   1,274,272         1,074,126   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

193


Table of Contents
26. Personnel Expenses

Details of personnel expenses for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
     2012     2011  

Salaries and wages

   1,679,390        1,441,766   

Other employee benefits

     263,013        263,494   

Contributions to National Pension plan

     59,332        54,118   

Expenses related to defined benefit plan

     138,230        113,668   

Reversal of stock compensation cost

     (3     (469
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   2,139,962        1,872,577   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

27. Finance Income and Finance Costs

 

  (a) Finance income and costs recognized in profit or loss for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)    2012      2011  

Finance income

     

Interest income

   22,183         54,998   

Dividend income

     55,800         42,620   

Foreign currency gain

     116,307         75,488   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   194,290         173,106   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Finance costs

     

Interest expense

   182,776         134,526   

Foreign currency loss

     63,844         91,852   

Loss on valuation of financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

     —           1,935   

Loss on impairment of available-for-sale securities

     6,392         774   

Loss on disposal of available-for-sale securities

     4,330         —     

Loss on redemption of debentures

     1,524         —     

Loss on impairment of investments

     50,980         19,066   

Loss on sale of trade accounts and notes receivable

     225         228   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   310,071         248,381   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Finance income and costs recognized in other comprehensive income or loss for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
     2012     2011  

Gain on valuation of available-for-sale financial assets

   4,025        4,790   

Tax effect

     (974     (939
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance income (costs) recognized in other comprehensive income after tax

   3,051        3,851   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

194


Table of Contents
28. Income Taxes

 

  (a) Details of income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
     2012      2011  

Current tax expense (benefit)

   3,076         (5,481

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

     160,552         (345,462
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

   163,628         (350,943
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Income taxes recognized directly in other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)    2012  
     Before tax     Tax  (expense)
benefit
    Net of tax  

Gain on valuation of available-for-sale securities

   4,025        (974     3,051   

Defined benefit plan actuarial loss

     (75,722     18,325        (57,397
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   (71,697     17,351        (54,346
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(In millions of won)    2011  
     Before tax     Tax  (expense)
benefit
    Net of tax  

Gain on valuation of available-for-sale Securities

   4,790        (939     3,851   

Defined benefit plan actuarial loss

     (23,728     6,059        (17,669
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   (18,938     5,120        (13,818
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (c) Reconciliation of the actual effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)    2012     2011  

Profit (loss) for the year

            28,549          (991,032

Income tax expense (benefit)

       163,628          (350,943
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Profit (loss) excluding income tax

       192,177          (1,341,975
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income tax using the Company’s domestic tax rate

     24.20     46,507        24.20     (324,785

Non-deductible expenses

     8.22     15,790        (1.38 )%      18,504   

Tax credits

     (50.32 )%      (96,708     16.54     (221,990

Change in unrecognized deferred tax assets

     102.81     197,569        (14.02 )%      188,190   

Change in tax rates

     0.00     —          0.54     (7,259

Others

     0.24     470        0.27     (3,603
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Actual income tax expense (benefit)

            163,628          (350,943
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Actual effective tax rate

       85.14       26.15
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

195


Table of Contents
29. Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

 

  (a) Unrecognized deferred tax liabilities

As of December 31, 2012, in relation to the temporary differences on investments in subsidiaries amounting to ₩ 211,423 million, the Company did not recognize deferred tax liabilities since the Company is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

 

  (b) Unrecognized deferred tax assets

The Company did not recognize deferred income taxes on temporary differences related to the cumulative losses of a subsidiary, as the possibility of recovering the deferred tax assets amounting to ₩ 431,407 million, through events such as disposing of the related investments in the foreseeable future, is less than probable.

 

  (c) Unused tax credit carryforwards for which no deferred tax asset is recognized

Realization of deferred tax assets related to tax credit carryforwards is dependent on whether sufficient taxable income will be generated prior to their expiration. As of December 31, 2012, the Company recognized deferred tax assets of ₩ 699,529 million, in relation to tax credit carryforwards, to the extent that management believes the realization is probable. The amount of unused tax credit carryforwards for which no deferred tax asset is recognized and their expiration dates are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)       
     December 31,  
   2013      2014      2015  

Tax credit carryforwards

   135,960         206,539         86,101   

 

196


Table of Contents
29. Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities, Continued

 

  (d) Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

 

(In millions of won)    Assets      Liabilities     Total  
     December, 31,
2012
     December, 31,
2011
     December, 31,
2012
    December, 31,
2011
    December, 31,
2012
    December, 31,
2011
 

Other accounts receivable, net

   —           —           (2,063     (3,738     (2,063     (3,738

Inventories, net

     8,903         14,484         —          —          8,903        14,484   

Available-for-sale financial assets

     285         1,259         —          —          285        1,259   

Defined benefit obligation

     38,573         21,877         —          —          38,573        21,877   

Accrued expenses

     79,321         72,965         —          —          79,321        72,965   

Property, plant and equipment

     81,832         50,602         —          —          81,832        50,602   

Intangible assets

     2,488         1,105         —          —          2,488        1,105   

Provision for product warranties and guarantees

     12,979         11,618         —          —          12,979        11,618   

Gain or loss on foreign currency

translation, net

     5,340         13,616         (958     (31,313     4,382        (17,697

Debentures

     —           6,059         —          —          —          6,059   

Others

     27,336         13,970         —          (715     27,336        13,255   

Tax losses

     233,139         329,068         —          —          233,139        329,068   

Tax credit carryforwards

     699,529         829,048         —          —          699,529        829,048   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets (liabilities)

   1,189,725         1,365,671         (3,021     (35,766     1,186,704        1,329,905   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

197


Table of Contents
29. Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities, Continued

 

  (e) Changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)    January 1,
2011
    Profit
or loss
    OCI     December
31, 2011
    Profit or
loss
    OCI     December
31, 2012
 

Other accounts receivable, net

   (5,919     2,181        —          (3,738     1,675        —          (2,063

Inventories, net

     15,039        (555     —          14,484        (5,581     —          8,903   

Available-for-sale financial assets

     (4,784     6,982        (939     1,259        —          (974     285   

Defined benefit obligation

     3,829        11,989        6,059        21,877        (1,629     18,325        38,573   

Derivative instruments

     (2,008     2,008        —          —          —          —          —     

Accrued expenses

     78,396        (5,431     —          72,965        6,356        —          79,321   

Property, plant and equipment

     40,685        9,917        —          50,602        31,230        —          81,832   

Intangible assets

     —          1,105        —          1,105        1,383        —          2,488   

Provisions for product warranties and guarantees

     17,962        (6,344     —          11,618        1,361        —          12,979   

Gain or loss on foreign currency translation, net

     20,044        (37,741     —          (17,697     22,079        —          4,382   

Debentures

     5,049        1,010        —          6,059        (6,059     —          —     

Others

     15,783        (2,528     —          13,255        14,081        —          27,336   

Tax losses

     —          329,068        —          329,068        (95,929     —          233,139   

Tax credit carry forwards

     795,247        33,801        —          829,048        (129,519     —          699,529   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets (liabilities)

   979,323        345,462        5,120        1,329,905        (160,552     17,351        1,186,704   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Statutory tax rate applicable to the Company is 24.2% for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

  (f) Changes in minimum tax rate for the subsequent period

On January 1, 2013, the Tax Reduction and Exemption Control Act in Korea was amended so that the minimum tax rate applied to taxable income in excess of ₩ 100 billion for the Company after 2013 was revised from 14% to 16%. As of December 31, 2012, the Company applied 14% as the minimum tax rate when measuring the amount of tax credit related deferred tax assets for which it is probable that the related tax benefit will be realized. If the Company applied the 16% of minimum tax rate, the unused tax credit for which no deferred tax asset is recognized as disclosed in note 29 (c) would have amounted to ₩ 558,411 million.

 

198


Table of Contents
30. Earnings (Loss) per Share

 

  (a) Basic earnings (loss) per share for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

(In won and No. of shares)    2012      2011  

Profit (loss) for the period

   28,548,662,750         (991,032,212,443

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding

     357,815,700         357,815,700   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share

   80         (2,770
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no events or transactions that resulted in changes in the number of common shares used for calculating earnings (loss) per share from January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2012.

 

  (b) Diluted earnings per share is not calculated since there was no potential common stock for the years ended December 31, 2012. In addition, there is no effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares due to the Company’s net loss for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

  (c) The number of dilutive potential ordinary shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2011 is calculated as follows:

 

     Common shares
to be issued
     Period    Weight    Weighted-average number  of
common shares to be issued
 

Unconverted convertible bond

     1,286,594       January 1, 2011~

December 31, 2011

   365days /

365days

     1,286,594   

 

31. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Supplemental cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)             
     2012     2011  

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

    

Changes in other accounts payable arising from the purchase of property, plant and equipment

   (1,267,010     1,175,022   

 

199


Table of Contents

Independent Accountants’ Review Report on Internal Accounting Control System

English translation of a Report Originally Issued in Korean

To the President of

LG Display Co., Ltd.:

We have reviewed the accompanying Report on the Operation of Internal Accounting Control System (“IACS”) of LG Display Co., Ltd. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2012. The Company’s management is responsible for designing and maintaining effective IACS and for its assessment of the effectiveness of IACS. Our responsibility is to review management’s assessment and issue a report based on our review. In the accompanying report of management’s assessment of IACS, the Company’s management stated: “Based on the assessment on the operations of the IACS, the Company’s IACS has been effectively designed and is operating as of December 31, 2012, in all material respects, in accordance with the IACS Framework issued by the Internal Accounting Control System Operation Committee.”

We conducted our review in accordance with IACS Review Standards, issued by the Korean Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Those Standards require that we plan and perform the review to obtain assurance of a level less than that of an audit as to whether Report on the Operations of Internal Accounting Control System is free of material misstatement. Our review consists principally of obtaining an understanding of the Company’s IACS, inquiries of company personnel about the details of the report, and tracing to related documents we considered necessary in the circumstances. We have not performed an audit and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion.

A company’s IACS is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of separate financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, however, IACS may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Based on our review, nothing has come to our attention that Report on the Operations of Internal Accounting Control System as of December 31, 2012 is not prepared in all material respects, in accordance with IACS Framework issued by the Internal Accounting Control System Operation Committee.

This report applies to the Company’s IACS in existence as of December 31, 2012. We did not review the Company’s IACS subsequent to December 31, 2012. This report has been prepared for Korean regulatory purposes, pursuant to the External Audit Law, and may not be appropriate for other purposes or for other users.

/s/ KPMG Samjong Accounting Corp.

Seoul, Korea

February 15, 2013

Notice to Readers

This report is annexed in relation to the audit of the separate financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the review of internal accounting control system pursuant to Article 2-3 of the Act on External Audit for Stock Companies of the Republic of Korea.

 

200


Table of Contents

Report on the Operation of Internal Accounting Control System

English translation of a Report Originally Issued in Korean

To the Board of Directors and Audit Committee of LG Display Co., Ltd.

I, as the Internal Control over Financial Reporting (“ICFR”) Officer of LG Display (“the Company”), assessed the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s ICFR for the year ending December 31, 2012.

The Company’s management, including myself, is responsible for designing and operating an ICFR. I assessed the design and operational effectiveness of the ICFR in the prevention and detection of an error or fraud which may cause a misstatement in the preparation and disclosure of reliable separate financial statements. I followed the Best Practice Guideline to evaluate the effectiveness of the ICFR design and operation.

Based on the assessment results, I believe that the Company’s ICFR, as of December 31, 2012, is effectively designed and operating, in all material respects, in conformity with the Best Practice Guideline.

January 24, 2013

/s/ James (Hoyoung) Jeong

Internal Control over Financial Reporting Officer

/s/ Sang Beom Han

Chief Executive Officer

 

201


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

  LG Display Co., Ltd.
  (Registrant)
Date: March 25, 2013   By:   /s/ Heeyeon Kim
    (Signature)
  Name:   Heeyeon Kim
  Title:   Vice President / IR Division

 

202